The Offer (CC ALL, YTEEN) Ch. 41 - 5 / 21 COMPLETE

Finished Canon/Conventional Couple Fics. These stories pick up from events in the show. All complete stories from the main Canon/CC board will eventually be moved here.

Moderators: Anniepoo98, Rowedog, ISLANDGIRL5, Itzstacie, truelovepooh, FSU/MSW-94, Forum Moderators

User avatar
Misha
Addicted Roswellian
Posts: 425
Joined: Thu Jun 20, 2002 10:44 am
Location: Guatemala City, Guatemala

Post by Misha »

Thanks for coming back to read!

Timelord31, thanks for the shout out! Nah, I'm very aware of how much time goes between one update and the other... I love posting! The conversation between Jake and Ray is going to turn out to be a very interesting one ;)

DunkBiscuit, wow! I'm honored you took the time to post! yay! Thank you very much for the comments! I try, I really try to write fast... But I like to write long and detail chapters... and, well... I'm making an habit of sitting down and write everyday, so I go faster :)

BETHANN, you noticed I was early? hehehe I couldn't stop myself ;) I had always thought that Jake and Liz's meeting was going to be awkward, but then I thought that Jake would know how to... take advantage of the situation.

Grace52373, when I first wrote Jake and Dave's insight, I thought it was too lenghty... But I have been hinting here and there, so it was time for something more "solid" I guess. Oh, don't worry, hardly anyone knows what Dave is up to -being on my fanfic world or in the real world ;)

nibbles2, aaaaahhhh! I think you are one of very few readers who actually has some faith in Dave :D There's still a lot to be covered between interviews, though... not much time to relax yet ;)

tequathisy, lol! Dave needs to do these interviews, otherwise, he would probably have just left by now... There are more than two or three motives behind what Dave is doing and why he brought Jake in the first place. And he has reasons to keep him in the dark as well. So much to write and so little time...

xmag, wow! a lot of your questions come out on this chapter! Are you sure you didn't turn my computer on while I wasn't looking? What Dave wants would have been impossible to achieve if he had sent them away and arrange their lives just like that. Now, Jake? He has very hard times ahead... Especially if the "kids" start to see him as the good guy and Dave as the bad guy... but that we'll see in time ;)

Awwnn thanks for the wishes for my chat! It was a blast!!! I want more chats!! hehhehehe

omwf, thanks for stopping by! I don't read too much fanfics -shame on me- so when I started thinking and writing this story I really hoped it was an original idea, hehehe So far, no one has sued :D





XIX
Hidden Truths



When should he tell them? Kyle watched his hand, flexing his fingers, expecting –but not hoping- to see green sparks come alive again, like he had seen less than an hour ago when he had been changing for lunch. Granted, they had been nothing more than a couple of tiny bitty green sparks, but he had seen them. No questions there this time around about static, or anything else. He didn’t understand it, though. Liz’s trip into the World of Sparking Green had lasted about a month or so. And then, nothing. Away from Max and later coming back, she had stopped sparking and everyone had thought that had been the end of it.

So, if his trial period had already passed, why had he sparked on Monday morning –assuming that hadn’t been his imagination- and again today?

Well, maybe he wasn’t seeing the big picture. Liz had made one last trip into Sparking Green when Tess had arrived last year. Heck, not only had she sparked, she had sent Tess flying across a room, something that Isabel later told him was actually a hard thing to do, especially for “beginners”.

And then Liz had had her first vision. Her power didn’t involve anything green related, which had been promising for Kyle who really was dreading a trip into the spooky-and-not-welcome Sparking Green World.

He tried to smile at that notion, and failed. Gosh, not even his attempt at humor was making him feel better.

Kyle was waiting in the corridor so he might have the chance to tell Max –and Liz- privately about it, and then tell the rest of the group. He had to tell them that there was a good chance that keeping his “changes” secret might not happen at all. And if Dave, Jake, or anyone else found out about the side effect of being healed by Max, then not only would Kyle himself and Liz be in trouble, but Max would never see daylight again.

Not that they were seeing much of daylight anyway, Kyle grimly thought as he waited for his two friends. Earlier that day, when they had all been at the Gym, Samantha had come by to invite them to lunch with “the guys down there”.

Today was their wishing-I-wasn’t-there visit to Engineering, and by the sounds of it, Samantha knew everyone in there pretty well and had insisted the only way they were going to get the right feeling of the place was at lunch.

”Besides,” she had said, “we are hoping for some new blood since our last new guys went away last week.”

They all had looked blank. Didn’t Samantha know that they had no clue about engineering or physics or any of that stuff? That they had barely graduated from high school? Of course Dave had said he should get a look, that maybe he could find something to do down there, but… well, Kyle didn’t really know what to expect.

A career in Engineering? Well, if he didn’t fry anything with his newly found electricity, it sounded… intriguing. He couldn’t claim he had had a real dream about his future back in school. He had always known that being part of the Houston Astro’s team was a nice dream at best, but not something that would work in the long run.

He had started working at Toby’s out of need, and hadn’t really liked it much until the idea of actually being a business partner had occurred to him. He had been thinking about that for a week before popping the question, and he had to admit that that week hadn’t completely sucked –except for those septic lines that he so not wished to remember- because he had seen a real future there.

To be honest, Kyle reflected while staring at nothing in particular on the wall in front of him, he had rarely considered an actual career in college in his last two years of school. So, really, what was he going to do “down there”?

Before he could even try to answer that question, there was the problem of his powers. What would happen to him if someone in this place found out about the fact that he had been changed? He suddenly felt claustrophobic. And if this was just an imaginary feeling for a possible problem, how could Max, Isabel and Michael deal with this kind of stress? No wonder Max had lost it at the Lab.

And then again… what if there was a real possibility here? A real future? “Kyle Valenti, Engineer”. Kyle smiled to himself at the prospect. Wouldn’t that make his father proud, uh? And it did sound promising assuming this whole deal was true. Gosh, getting a degree? It was as exciting as it was scary. Besides, his grades in Math and Physics had been anything but outstanding, really… So, why was he attempting to dream it?

He didn’t want to plan a future just to see it crumble, he somberly reflected. He had left home for the unknown, and frankly, things had changed little. This place was still unknown to them. And what if in the end he was let free just to find out that Max, Michael and Isabel were trapped here?

Flexing his fingers again, Kyle thought that maybe special powers wouldn’t be that bad if it meant protecting the ones he cared about. If he could stay in the middle of them and the things that could happen to them… and for the second time in those five minutes, Kyle got a really good glimpse of what it felt like to be one of them. Not only the experience of fear of these walls, but the responsibility for other people’s lives as well.

As his watch read 1:03, Kyle finally saw Max and Liz turning the corner, their feet making no sound. They looked just as tense as he felt himself.

He didn’t need to see to know that a spark had briefly formed in his right hand at the sight of them. If Max and Liz looked like that it couldn’t mean good news. And so, the need to tell them about his sparks evaporated instantly, efficiently making him to shut his mouth and not say a word.


* * *


He had never –ever- seen a more beautiful thing in his life. Gosh, not even when his hockey team had won the championship had Michael been so euphoric at the sight of something.

Aerodynamic, chromo-like exterior, smooth to the eye and touch, the motorcycle in front of him was the most astonishing piece of work on two wheels that anyone could ask for. In fact, calling it a “motorcycle” was just a crime. And Erick, the thirty-something guy that had greeted them when they had arrived some ten minutes before, was just finishing telling them –Maria, Isabel and himself- why it was a crime to think of this brilliant piece of engineering as a “motorcycle”. Isabel looked unimpressed, Maria just plain bored. But Michael –and Erick- were in heaven.

“Oh, it was such luck to assemble it too, not just design it,” Erick was saying, a huge grin on his face as his eyes practically gleamed at the sight of his work.

“Any chance you could assemble one for me?” Michael absently said as he was getting a feel of the handle. He liked bikes, wasn’t a maniac about them exactly, but knew a good thing when he saw one. And this baby could very well say, “I belong to the twenty-first century”.

“Hm… I’m not sure,” Erick answered, “It’s a birthday present.”

“Dave’s?” Isabel immediately asked, for the first time really interested in the conversation.

Erick seemed surprised for a second and, whispering, he said: “Dave sent me a letter himself to work on this project. I don’t know who is going to receive it, but I would surely love to be that someone.”

So, Dave sent presents? Or was it for himself?

If it was a present for someone else, that would mean Dave had people that he cared about. But then again, it could be something for some other stupid deal for all he knew. And then again, if it was for him, well… the man had great taste; Michael couldn’t deny that.

“So, has he come to see it yet?” Maria asked, also taking a sudden interest in their conversation.

Erick laughed. “Sure…,” he sarcastically said as Samantha was coming back with Kyle, Max and Liz at the far end of the immense space they were in now. Like a warehouse with a close roof. “You are like all newbies are, thinking Dave himself is here,” Erick cheerfully continued, “and even if he was here—”

“No one would believe it,” Michael finished for him with a smirk. It was quite amazing that everyone thought it so funny that Dave was, in fact, right beside them. And it also pissed Michael off that Dave had calculated it so damned well, with such detail.

There was just no way to tell these people who Dave was. Or more likely, what he looked like, what he wanted, or anything related to him besides what they already knew. This reminded him of that Jeremy guy that had come into Kyle’s apartment on Sunday morning… He had babbled about Dave, hadn’t he? If only he could find that Net Geek guy… He had asked the Network Keepers just yesterday what it took to be one of them, but his time was still not his own. He couldn’t go snooping around that “Base” until next week. First, he had to finish the damn schedule, so Dave wouldn’t get suspicious as to why Michael was scooping around places where he shouldn’t be yet.

Michael let go of these thoughts –momentarily- as Max and Kyle came to a halt in front of Dave’s present. Isabel rolled her eyes as Kyle started to inspect it. Max appreciated it from a distance as Maria met with Liz some ten feet away, embracing her best friend. And Liz… Liz was staring right at him.

As Max finally approached the motorcycle and Isabel said something under her breath about men and things with wheels, Liz disentangled herself from Maria as the blond girl kept talking to Erick. But something odd happened: Liz walked towards Michael, trying to do so casually.

Michael slightly frowned. Why would Liz be approaching him like that? And then he remembered. He scowled at her. She narrowed her eyes. For a second she reminded him of Max when he wouldn’t let the matter drop.

Passing by him, Liz kept walking to the corner where a small coffee maker machine, some glasses, and a huge water container were kept.

“Want some?” she barely whispered as she passed him by. Michael followed her as Maria and Isabel kept asking Erick about Dave’s letter. Erick was cheerfully answering whatever questions he could just for the fact that they were wearing White Cards. One thing was for sure, Michael thought as he walked behind Liz, having White Cards did impress people down here, so they were more ready to talk about anything since the group already had “Level 6 clearance”.

Liz went for the water container, Michael for the glasses.

“Why didn’t you say something about the window?” Liz asked, barely looking at him as he passed her the glass. She wasn’t angry exactly, but more likely frustrated.

“Are you nuts?” Michael said, whispering as well. “What do you think Max would have done if I had told him I shattered one of Dave’s windows? He would have freaked out more than he already did!”

Liz stopped the glass she was going to fill with water in mid air. “What did he do?” she asked, letting go of her frustration a little, briefly closing her eyes.

“He didn’t tell you?” Michael said, taken aback.

“He didn’t have time to,” Liz said, glancing at Max, frowning. What was worrying Liz so much?

“Well, he did a hell of a lot more than I did. He shattered a glass door down at the lab,” Michael said, and seeing Liz’s eyes widening, he amended, “he got startled by a loud noise. It was an accident.” Michael paused as Liz bit her lip. “I can’t believe Dave told you,” he darkly added.

“He didn’t tell me exactly,” Liz absently said as Michael passed her another glass and she started to fill it up. “The glass was shattered and he said it was a reminder to not piss you off. He seemed to take it pretty seriously, though. He also said he wouldn’t change it ‘til Max had been there.”

Liz placed the glass on the table and turned to look at Michael. “You should have told us, Michael.”

There was something comical in that moment, Michael briefly thought, because two years ago he wouldn’t have bothered trying to explain to Liz the motives behind his actions. He wouldn’t have bothered telling much to anyone, for that matter. But when you were being hunted for seven months straight, on the road, and being separated most of the time, you sort of learned to share things so others would know how you’d most likely react in future occasions. You learned to keep everyone in the loop, which had been exactly what he hadn’t done.

“I was planning to,” Michael said defensively, “I just thought he would have replaced it by the time you got there.” Liz gave him an unconvinced look; that was certainly no explanation. “Listen,” Michael said, dropping the defensive tone “Max was way too scared of something happening to you, especially with the whole sweater business. I knew I had to tell him, but yesterday was not the time, and neither was this morning. He’s too tense,” Michael ended half annoyed, half frustrated at this whole situation. He knew keeping things from Max and the others was one of the worst things he could do, but Liz saw, just as he had seen, that there was nothing to gain by telling Max something that couldn’t be taken back.

If Max had been asked, he would have argued the case. But he was too busy with Kyle and Erick and the girls to pay any attention to what Liz and Michael were discussing.

“I know…” Liz said, glancing back at Max. “I might… I should’ve kept something to myself as well today,” Liz said, and then, amending herself, “for a little while, I mean…”

Michael arched his eyebrows. How uncharacteristic of Liz to admit that telling the truth was not always the best way of dealing with Max. Not that Michael had lied, he had just postponed the bit about telling. Still, Michael didn’t say anything at that, knowing that whatever Liz was referring to, he would get to know later that night.

Liz sighed in frustration as a lock of hair loosely fell in front of her eyes. She put it behind her ear as she was filling the second glass and the lock fell again. Michael had seen that a thousand times and knew how much it pissed her off. It reminded him of Max when he got frustrated by little things too. Actually, there was a lot about Liz that reminded him of Max.

For all the differences between Max and Michael, they loved each other as brothers did. Once Michael had found that he was not alone when he was a child, he had taken a special secret vow, secret even to him, that he would protect Max and Isabel whatever it took. Somehow, Max had gotten a big brother aura around him, and when Michael had gotten to see, years later, that even big brothers were as flawed as everyone else, Michael had had to re-adjust his vision of Max. To accept Max as he was, as Max had accepted him as well. It hadn’t been easy, but it hadn’t been impossible either.

That vision had had to change once more when the brunette that was beside him had entered their lives, changing Max's life directly and Michael's indirectly. Now, to say that Michael had accepted Liz would have been more than just a little bit of a stretch. Michael had grown to tolerate Liz for Max’s sake, and because Michael valued Max and his opinions too much to go against it. And through everything they had had to endure because Max had saved Liz, Michael had had to remind himself that, even if it sucked, Max was in love with Liz. Period. And Michael had swallowed it –hard- because no matter what he had said to Max, what was done was done. Then, along came Maria. And he had fallen in love with her. Period. It had given him a new perspective as to why Max had saved Liz.

Michael passed Liz a fourth glass and wondered if the others were thirsty enough. Liz had a lot on her mind so she was busying herself with that little task. They both kept silent and Michael felt a little awkward standing there, watching the girl tuck that loose lock away for the hundreth time. He was tempted to offer his powers to glue it or something behind her ear, but he let it pass.

Liz and Maria had a friendship like his and Max’s, Michael had reflected ages ago. They were so different, but they valued each other as real sisters would have. The odd thing was that Max and Maria seem to tag along way better than Michael and Liz did. But that was one of those mysteries that didn’t make him stay awake at night.

As time had passed, Michael’s tolerance had gained a tinge of… respect. For all the things that had irked him about Liz, the girl had gotten them out of trouble on more than just one occasion. She knew her science, that was for sure, and her logical approach to things had helped them too. Michael had learned then to count on Liz. And once Liz had gotten her powers, he had learned to trust Liz with his life.

The thing was, Michael thought as he watched Liz filling the fifth glass in a row, that even if they wouldn’t call themselves friends as in the real sense of the word, they would certainly call themselves teammates. For all their differences they both belong to this group, and they both had silently agreed to, well, tolerate each other, and to get along. Maybe Liz didn’t vibrate at the same frequency that Maria and he did, but they had learned to harmonize on a somewhat strange song. Strange enough for him to sense Liz’s distress at what she was thinking, and vibrating just well enough for them to keep a companionable conversation. At least for a little while.

“How did it go?” Michael finally asked her. It was just that, if the glasses were any indication, the interview hadn’t gone as well as it should have.

“Fine… frustrating,” Liz said, sighing, taking a sip of water now that there were no more glasses to fill. Michael gave her half a smile.

“I know exactly what you mean…”

“He makes you feel like… like…” Liz said trying to find the right words.

“Like breaking a window?” Michael elaborated. Liz glared at him, but she dissolved it into a small smile. They both turned to look at Max.

“Maybe he’ll break the whole thing, not just one piece,” Michael said, wondering out loud. “I mean, after a glass door…”

“What did Jake say about that?” Liz asked, diverting his attention from a very vivid image of Max breaking Dave’s entire window. Maybe Michael should have aimed for something bigger as well…

“Freaked out about us being tense and gave us the rest of the week free… for a moment we just didn’t believe it.” Michael leaned against the table, crossing his arms. Liz was about to say something when Samantha called them in.

“So, want the grand tour?”


* * *


What an interesting bunch, Samantha silently thought as they were all finishing dessert. “All” meaning the six teens, the eight engineers, two designers and four physicists that were now working in this section. All their cards were green, except for the teens’, her brother’s, and hers, which were white.

That was the best part of this project: The White Cards. She could go wherever she wanted in this place and that was a feeling she loved. She had always been a curious girl and the thought of closed doors had never been a good one. Too many secrets were already in this place to make her anxious, but the thought of closed doors made her eat her nails.

”That’s why I didn’t tell you a thing,” her brother had said when she had been admitted into the project, “Samantha, you would hate it there! You’ve never been good at ignoring other people’s secrets.”

“Oh, please William. That doesn’t mean that I can’t keep secrets,” she had defended herself.


And it was true too. Which was exactly why she had been admitted in the first place: She knew how to keep her mouth shut. And boy, this project definitely needed her to keep it shut. Psychic powers… who would have guessed, uh?

She had laughed, really laughed at Dave and Ray when they had first debriefed her two months ago. They had been in Dave’s private living room above ground, the three of them alone.

”You are kidding right? There is no such thing as psychic powers…” They had remained silent. She had stopped laughing. “I mean, all this secrecy, and… come on, this is a Level Six project! It can’t be about researching psychic powers. Why would you want to keep that secret?

She had a point there: There were a number of other people researching just that world wide. It wasn’t a big secret and all. Science still considered it improbable, and most scientists would add impossible as well. Granted, the military in some countries had tried taking advantage of it, but it had all proven not to be all that accurate to begin with, or useful. But that aside, the field itself hardly would qualify as a Level Six project. Level Five at best… Or maybe Level Six projects weren’t all that exciting, she had thought for a second, maybe they were over-rated.

Except that a person who could alter molecular structures at will was hardly an over-rated project. Dave had scouted for five months looking for as many diamonds as he could get that Max had potentially made. He had invested a small fortune in that too, as far as she had calculated. And each diamond the dark-haired boy sitting in front of her had transformed had been a very interesting piece of work.

All diamonds in general could be catalogued according to characteristics such as brilliance, shape, size, color and how many irregularities, inclusions or air bubbles it had inside. She had read a lot about that in order to be able to identify Max’s diamonds from all other diamonds. His had been a little bit off at the beginning; they weren’t the best color, nor they had the best transparency or the right shape, but what was outstanding was the near absence of inclusions or air bubbles inside. Still, over the months, they hadn’t improved much. They all had the same “mistakes”, or more likely, the same quality. Maybe Max didn’t know about brilliance, color and transparency when it came to diamonds.

So, when she had been given Liz’s engagement ring, she had been surprised. It was, simply put, a perfect diamond.

”But why would it be perfect?” Dave had asked Jake when she had presented her report six days ago. “It is reasonable to believe that was the first one, or at least one of the first ones. Why would he not make the others the same way?”

Jake had stared at the ring for a second.

“Maybe it has to do with the moment,” Jake had absently said. Both she and Dave had stared at him. “What he was thinking when he made this one, you know? He was going to ask a girl to marry him. He wanted it perfect. I don’t think he gave much of a thought to all the others.”

“His heart wasn’t in it, uh?” Dave had ventured, staring at the engagement ring.


Jake’s theory was still just that: A theory. She didn’t know what to believe herself about this. It wasn’t a hoax, that much she knew, or Dave wouldn’t have risked so much to bring these people here. But why hadn’t they gone to someone else? Why had Dave taken so many precautions, and require everyone involved with these kids to have Level Six clearance?

That had led her to the very obvious question: What else could they do? She was dying to know because she knew for a fact that all the diamonds she had analyzed were Max’s and she also knew that Michael and Isabel were in the project.

When she had met them last Sunday she hadn’t been sure of what to expect. Some sort of magician-looking kids, maybe? And she had been tempted to ask for a little trick, just to finally know that Dave’s –and Ray’s- words had not been a joke. But how exactly could one ask “Hey, can you change this carbon coil into a diamond? I’m just curious about it?” Not really… she had guessed she would have to wait for Jake to make the proper introductions at the Lab…

Maria and Liz were joking with the two designers about desserts, while Kyle was talking to Erick about the “fabulous” motorcycle Erick had been working on for the last month. Max, Michael and Isabel had disappeared a minute before with Andrea, the head of engineering, probably so she could show them some new project.

How absurd it all seemed to her for an instant. They were kids! Of course Dave had told her that, though he had barely said much about them at all. But to know that and to see that were two very different things. Everyone in here seemed to believe they just looked young, not that they were barely grasping their 20th birthdays.

She had just kept the fact to herself. If the kids wanted to say anything about themselves to anyone else, that was their problem, but she was not going to screw up her level six clearance just because she felt like chatting with her co-workers. Not that there were too many people working with her on molecular projects to begin with, but still...

Whatever. None of it mattered now. She just couldn’t wait to start. Whatever they were going to do –Jake, the kids and herself- was going to be ground-breaking territory. No one, anywhere, would be researching the same as she, and that was enough to make her eyes sparkle.

She wasn’t fooling herself. It would be years before she could go public with any of it, but it didn’t matter to her. She was a very patient woman. She just loved to be, well, special, unique, and she was certain that working with these very unique kids was going to be very special indeed.

The question now was when was she going to start working with them? Now that Max was here, Dave was not going to keep hunting for any more diamonds, and Jake had left unclear when was he going to ask for her expertise in analyzing molecular structures.

She had talked to Jake around 11:00 a.m. this morning only to learn that he now thought they might have to wait more than a month to start working together.

”What? Why?” she had asked over her cell phone, not exactly yelling, but loud enough to turn heads all around her.

“I want to take it slow,” Jake had answered sounding a little bit annoyed, though she hadn’t known why.

“Didn’t Dave say he wanted them working right away?” she had asked, confused.

“Well, contrary to public opinion, he’s not as a brilliant as he appears to be.”


So now she had to wait longer. For the past two months she had wondered and wondered time and time again what kind of kids they were. Oh, what would she have done had she been able to turn carbon coils into diamonds? She returned her emerald eyes to the two girls in front of her. What would she do if she were married to someone who could turn carbon coils into diamonds? Now there was a thought…

She was just puzzled, and she didn’t like puzzles. Hated them, actually. But she was going to be patient. Whatever hidden truths these kids, Dave, or Jake kept, the possibilities implied by this whole project were just too important to allow curiosity to get the better of her.


* * *


“You,” Ray said, opening his front door and raising a finger to the man in front of him; his eyes narrowed as a sign of disgust. “You sent them to me after everything I said this morning? After the fact that I told you exactly what I thought about Max being tense because Liz was with Dave?”

Jake stood in the hall, a tired expression on his face. “Come on Ray, you are still in one piece. It couldn’t have been that bad.”

Ray could have said a million things to that, but he didn’t. Jake didn’t look like joking in their usual way of sarcasm over sarcasm, so Ray only moved aside to let Jake in.

“What have we gotten ourselves into?” Jake asked, making a beeline for the fridge. How could Jake eat so much, do no exercise at all, and still not be a 250 pound guy?

Puzzled far more by Jake’s words than his eating habits, Ray stared at Jake, waiting for an explanation. The slightly red-haired doctor emerged from the fridge with a left over slice of pizza and orange juice.

“I mean, what is Dave playing this time? He has too much invested in this whole thing and he hasn’t told me half of it,” Jake said, placing a glass and a plate on the counter.

“What makes you believe he’s told me more than he’s told you?” Ray asked, grabbing the remote control and freezing the hockey game he had been watching in his living room just moments ago. Because Dave was sleeping at this hour of the day, and Ray was stuck at midday revising the new security systems –which were updated every three months- he had at least until six before talking to Dave. So, this was his free time, and now he had Jake in his kitchen in total conspiracy mode. Would wonders ever cease…

“He must have told you things he didn’t tell me, and vice versa,” Jake absently said, pouring the orange juice out of its container.

“Jake,” Ray said, coming to the other side of the counter, “What is it with you and all this sudden interest in Dave’s plan?”

Jake stared at him, “You are okay with all of this?”

You were okay with all of this last week, if I remember correctly. You were the one who developed the sedative gas if I’m also allowed to say,” Ray pointed out.

“That was because your plan wouldn’t have worked otherwise,” Jake answered back, annoyed. “And it was going to be too dangerous for them if we had used any other type of sedative.”

“I didn’t hear you complaining then, nor coming up with another plan. And you did know what we were doing, Jake.”

“I thought I knew, but now I’m not so sure…” Jake almost whispered. For one instant Ray really resented having missed two of Jake’s and Dave’s sessions. Sure, the security systems were better than ever now –and Dave had insisted that he looked upon those ASAP- but maybe if he had been there, he would now understand what was going on with Jake.

“What’s up with you trying to find fault with Dave?”

Jake opened his mouth just to close it again. His eyes were uneasy as he was trying to say whatever he was thinking. Ray waited. It was so unusual to see Jake like this, doubting his friend’s plans, that Ray wasn’t sure if it was good or not. It made Ray feel cautious all of the sudden around Dave’s best friend.

“Why—what do you think Dave wants from them?”

“Why do you want them in here, anyway?” Ray had asked Dave the first night the kids had been here, when the offer had been made and they had left. “How do you plan on using their abilities?”

“I have many, many ways in which their skills can be useful to me, I won’t deny that, but it is much more than that, Ray.” Dave had answered as if he were thinking something very important. “I just hope for our own sakes that they say yes. There is just way too much at stake here. But nothing will work if they are not here willingly,” he had enigmatically concluded.


Ray hadn’t told anyone about that insight into Dave’s plan, but the words had stuck in his head. Still, Jake was waiting for an answer.

“Honestly, I don’t know. But it is important, that much I do know,” Ray answered, thinking that was just about the lamest answer he had ever given.

“That doesn’t say much, Ray,” Jake said, sipping his orange juice. “When you were first presented with the project, what did you think?”

Ray smiled. That was another memory he would never forget. “That it was only natural that it was Dave who found aliens on this planet. He has a talent for finding the weirdest stuff.”

Jake smiled at that. “Yeah… only natural… Anything else besides that? What was the debriefing like?”

“Aliens? Really Dave?” Ray had asked, arching one eyebrow over a bunch of documents he was now starting to look at. Some were from something about a radio telescope checking, some were from a genetics lab, and one was from a report on some Phoenix hospital.

He was sure there was a relationship among all those reports, he only had to sit down a couple of minutes and see it through. Dave waited those minutes until Ray had finally looked up and repeated himself: “Aliens?”

Dave had smiled. He had been excited, Ray had been able to tell, but he had also been cautious. “What do you want to do with aliens?” Ray had asked, laughing a little. At that point, he still hadn’t believed it.

“That’s the question, you see. I’m not sure what to do with this information,” Dave had said, looking at the papers in Ray’s hands, all serious now.

“How long have you known?” Ray had asked, starting to believe that Dave was not kidding.

“Confirmation of their identities,” Dave had said, opening a folder in front of him and handing Ray a surveillance camera picture, “came yesterday. I’ve been up all night wondering what to do. There’s nothing out of the ordinary about their lives at first sight,” Dave had ended, standing up and starting to pace, a habit certainly picked up from Jake.

“So, you want me to go and check them out?” Ray had asked. He had never been a fan of science fiction and, until that day, had thought the idea of alien life-forms on Earth was just ridiculous. He was still not convinced and was waiting for Dave to start laughing, but somehow he knew Dave did believe his information was right.

“I don’t like entering the lion’s den just because I feel curious about the lion,” Dave had absently said. “Tell me Ray, if you were an alien living among a very dangerous species, would you go unguarded? Without a plan to defend yourself? Especially if your intentions might not be completely honorable?”

“Of course not,” Ray had smiled. A cover up operation, an infiltration operation would certainly not be much different.

“Exactly.”

“Then, what do you want? Check the lion’s cave first?” Ray had said, frowning.

“Yeah, but do so very cautiously. I don’t want anybody getting suspicious. I might not be the only one behind those kids, if kids they are, and I certainly don’t want to tip anyone off about us knowing their little secret.”

“But Dave, if they are dangerous, what are you going to do?” Ray had wondered, for the first time really wondered, what could it all mean? An alien invasion? It sounded so laughable, but still…

“You see Ray, that’s what I’ve been wondering all night. If you were an invader, and had to hide whatever the case, would you go to a very public place, like a hospital, and heal your very human boss’s daughter and four other children?”

The Phoenix report had still been in front of Ray’s eyes. “You think we might get ourselves a deserter? A traitor to its cause?”

“I’m saying that you better get me good information about that cave, because this lion could turn out to be anything, Ray.”


“So I gathered up a team,” Ray was saying now to Jake, “and we started to slowly infiltrate Roswell, New Mexico. Dave was very intrigued by their actions, because frankly, things didn’t quite add up from our point of view. It took us a while to see who was alien and who wasn’t and how many people were involved in the secret. But we got to see that not much of an alien invasion was going on…”

“He didn’t send his Messengers?” Jake absently asked just before taking another sip from his orange juice. Ray mentally chuckled. As if Dave would spare his Messengers on a recognition mission…

“No, not in the beginning. He did so when he was preparing the rooms, of course, where they woke up. But that was just till the end of the game.”

“So Dave just told you to keep watching?” Jake asked, half through his cold pizza slice now, his eyes narrowing.

“Well… yeah… though…” Ray trailed off.

“Though what?” Jake pressed.

“Though there was something odd taking place,” Ray said. “Dave became sort of obsessed with details.”

“Dave is an obsessive person,” Jake said smiling a little. “You know that.”

“Yes, I do,” Ray said a little bit annoyed at being patronized, “but I mean, I’ve been working with him for eight years, Jake, this was different. I don’t know; he went to Japan for a week about a month after we started watching, and when he returned he had all these ideas of how to get information about them. It was as if he couldn’t get enough, but… It was always all about the cave, and not the lion, if you like. He practically implied that we couldn’t approach Max, Michael or Isabel up close and personal. He was very serious about that.”

“So, he discovered something he hadn’t known before in that trip…” Jake said out loud, his pizza and orange juice forgotten.

“I don’t know,” Ray truthfully said, “with Dave, it could have been the movie he was watching on the way home that sparked his imagination. But if you are looking for a very odd thing, he certainly must’ve gotten to see a very weird movie when the kids disappeared after their high-school graduation. That’s when all the madness really began. That’s when the project here began.”

“Yes, that’s when he approached me,” Jake said, thoughtful.

“Suddenly he realized he wanted them here,” Ray said, for the first time feeling a little bit guilty for revealing all these details. Dave had been so adamant about the secrecy of it all. But it still puzzled Ray. Why had Dave so drastically changed from only watching to bringing them here? And it had been practically over night.

“Something else changed then,” Jake said more to himself than to Ray, his eyes lost in a point on the wall. “But what? Did he ever mention—”

“Not a word,” Ray cut Jake off, “believe me I have been waiting for an explanation for months now, and nothing. But whatever he wants, Jake, he’s terribly afraid that something will happen to those kids. That’s why I’m not doubting his plan, you see? I know how much he has done to get to this point. And I trust him to be doing the right thing.”

“Yeah, but what the hell is the right thing, Ray?” Jake impatiently said. “What is Dave trying to do with them? And if it is such an honorable cause, as you put it, why is he also hiding it from us?”

And to that Ray had no answer to give.


TBC...


Okay guys, here's the author's note I desperately didn't want to post, but... you have finally caught up with me... So, I was torned into posting each time I finish a chapter or to write five or six and then come back and post weekly again. I think I'm going to do that, because that way it'll be easy to keep the story straight for you... ggaaahhhh!!! I'll hurry! I promise! But if you guys have any questions about the story and stuff, I'll be checking to answer those :D

Misha
"There's addiction, and there's Roswell!"
User avatar
Misha
Addicted Roswellian
Posts: 425
Joined: Thu Jun 20, 2002 10:44 am
Location: Guatemala City, Guatemala

Chapter XX

Post by Misha »

Edited to add: Gaaahhh I forgot! I finally made my banner!!!!

Image


Thanks for coming back to read!! I know it’s been a loooooong wait, so I’m posting three chapters, each one weekly, before I have to go into the cave and keep writing… sighs…

Well, I figured it is Thursday somewhere in the world... 8) Hope you guys like it!

tequathisy, Timelord31, DunkBiscuit, and all the lurkers out there, thanks for stopping by!!



XX
Perception



“What exactly is he going to know if he gets the book translated?” Maria asked, letting herself fall onto Michael’s couch. The six of them looked just like she felt: Tired of waiting for the worst to happen.

“Nothing specifically about each of us and our powers,” Max said, reaching out for Liz’s hand, who was now returning from the kitchen with two Cherry Cokes, one for her and one for her husband. The two love birds didn’t look all cozy-cozy tonight, though.

“The book does explain about our powers, but it doesn’t go into details as to which one we would specifically get. It even implied we could start developing some other unforeseen special abilities.” Max explained, his voice sounding tired. They all certainly needed a good night’s sleep and Maria wondered if that was ever going to happen inside these walls.

“No wonder you didn’t find anything about Liz’s changes then,” Kyle said, leaning against the wall that divided the kitchen from the living room, “It was all pretty vague…”

“So, it doesn’t screw up our plan, right?” Maria said, feeling a little less tense. “I mean, if he gets to read the whole book…”

“No, but it’s still no good,” Michael angrily said, pacing back and forth, as if someone in that room were guilty of Dave having the book in the first place. “It gives him something to compare us with.”

“A scale of some sort,” Isabel elaborated, sighing, “It gives him expectations about us. We cannot pretend that we don’t, or won’t have them for too long... He’ll expect us to be like the book says.”

“Oh, come on!” Maria said, a little bit annoyed. “The only power you guys have to worry about him finding out is that Isabel is the one able to dreamwalk, right? And we already took care of that by saying it was Tess’ ability.” No one made a move to interrupt her, so she continued, “And the only other problem we have is Dave finding out what Max’s healing side effect is, and of that we already know nothing is said.”

Max looked at her from his seat in front of her, a look of “yes, but…”

“So, why are we worrying about this?” she asked the group. Really, they had covered their backs on that one, so this was no big deal. What was the big fuss about?

“You know, when you put it that way…” Kyle said.

“He still has the book,” Michael sort of grunted, still annoyed.

“Yes, but there’s nothing in there to really worry about,” Maria repeated again. “Everything important in that book he already knows, or we have already taken care of.” Czechoslovakians loved to worry, Maria knew, but they had enough to worry about already, gees…

“There’s one more thing,” Liz said, breaking the momentary silence that had settled in. “My powers might be coming back.”

“Are you sure?” Kyle asked in a worried tone, making everyone turn and look at him. Kyle had been a little bit jumpy all afternoon long, Maria noted, but she hadn’t thought much of it. Sure enough, they all were a little jumpy right now.

“What do you mean ‘might’?” Michael asked, the attention returning to Liz.

“I had…” Liz hesitated, “I had a dream that sort of became real.”

“A dream?”

“Sort of?” Isabel and Michael said at the same time. Liz just looked plain uncomfortable at the two aliens’ stares. Max took hold of her hand in a protective way.

“Yeah, I dreamt that Dave was shredding a napkin, and he told me today that he does that, in real life. He shreds napkins and puts them together as if they were puzzles, just like I dreamt.”

Michael looked skeptical, but Isabel spoke before he had a chance.

“I don’t know, Liz, that seems a little… unusual, okay, but it isn’t one of your usual premonitions,” Isabel pointed out, in a reassuring tone, as if she were afraid Liz would get mad at her for not believing her words.

“I know it sounds lame guys, but it somehow seems too odd of a thing for it to just be a coincidence…”

“It doesn’t mean that you’re getting your powers back either,” Michael sort of snapped, resigned, disappointed even. Before either Max or Maria could say anything to Michael, Liz rose to her own defense.

“No, it’s not the usual way, like Isabel said, but maybe I’ll get… I don’t know, some sort of flashes in my dreams. That’s a very common way of having premonitions, I mean, dozens of people say they have dreamt things that later happened,” Liz ended, trying to sound logical and solid. How could Liz do that even when the subject was psychic powers?

“She’s right,” Max said, though he looked like he hated saying that.

“I don’t know, Max, dreams can be very confusing,” Isabel said, “There are a million ways you can interpret one single thing.”

The tall blond looked apologetically at Liz. But Maria knew that, after all, Isabel was their resident expert on dreams and meanings.

“Well, whatever,” Maria finally interceded. “If it means nothing, we are where we are right now, nothing has changed. And if your powers are coming back it can only mean good things, right? We could get to know stuff beforehand and all that.”

Liz turned to look at Max, who barely said, “If they are coming back, the chances increase that they will find out. It’s better if her powers don’t return, because Liz could easily go under their radar.”

“Yes, but Maria is right,” Michael said, finally sitting beside her, passing his arm behind her back, “it would give us a hell of an advantage over Dave.”

“What else did you get to know?” Maria asked, so they could move onto something less depressing. She knew Liz still felt guilty for losing that ability, which had been the biggest reason they had been caught in the first place. Still, Max was right: If she had no powers, then no one could get to know a thing about her changes. And that was good news big time.

Liz sighed and, closing her eyes for a moment, went on. “He said that he intends to let us talk to our parents by the end of this month. He doesn’t want any close birthdays or big celebrations so it’ll be easier for him to bypass the Special Unit’s security. You know, they think we may try to contact our families on a special occasion or something…”

“But he said his own men were watching your families,” Michael said, tensing, “and we already know that their houses and offices were bugged.” It wasn’t that he was worried about their families, but about the thought of catching Dave in a lie. It was an important lie because Dave saying he was going to take care of their relatives had been a major decisive factor in their saying “yes”.

“He also said the Special Unit was watching his men,” Isabel pointed out, “and that his men were the ones behind those bugs.” Maria didn’t blame Isabel for wanting to trust Dave’s words. After all, the Ice Princess had been the one to press the most for accepting the offer, wanting to keep their families –and Jesse- safe.

“So, by the end of this month?” Kyle said, returning to the point of their conversation. Maria had to admit she had mixed feelings about this “meeting”. On the one hand, she was dying to talk to her mom; on the other hand, she was dreading it like the plague… What was Amy DeLuca going to say about alien royalty, FBI, and, oh yeah, running for their lives?

“By phone?” Isabel asked, forgetting Michael’s suspiciousness and making Maria focus again.

“He didn’t say. He just wants us to know that he is very conscious that we want proof of their safety,” Liz said while Max put his arm around her shoulders. “You know, I don’t know if it’s true, but he also said that aside from watching them, the Special Unit had barely talked to our parents after we ‘disappeared’… It was more of a local thing with the Sheriff’s office…”

“Yeah, like Hanson would get a clue,” Kyle snorted.

“Would have been nice if our parents had been spared that way,” Max said, in that quiet and serious way of his.

“Why would they leave them alone?” Michael asked, trying to raise the group’s suspiciousness again.

“Dave didn’t say much about that,” Liz said, now placing a hand over Max’s hand that was resting on her left shoulder. “He said that it was a huge a scandal in Roswell and everyone had been all over our parents, so it wasn’t practical. Besides, they guessed that if our parents thought they weren’t so closely watched, they would eventually contact us.”

“It still sounds too convenient,” Michael pressed on.

“Yeah, it does…” Maria agreed with him. It did sound too good to be true, but until they spoke with their parents, there was nothing much to be said about that.

So, for the next hour, Liz talked in detail about her interview, which made Michael and Kyle jump in with other things they had also heard. And every minute that passed, Maria slowly began to dread her own visit to Dave’s office. She wasn’t afraid of the man, no, she was more afraid of saying the wrong thing, of not remembering one of their cover stories, or of revealing something that she shouldn’t.

She suddenly felt like the first night Liz had told her the truth: She didn’t know what to expect. She hadn’t known what to think about aliens; about her own classmates being aliens; about Liz being saved by her classmate who was an alien; about the fact that three aliens now knew she knew what they were. Once she knew that all the cedar in the world wouldn’t be enough to calm her down, Maria had stopped sniffing bottle after bottle and had just lay in her bed.

She had wanted to go to her mom first. Alex second. The Sheriff third. But she had kept seeing Liz’s eyes in her mind, all that seriousness and pleading that only Liz’s eyes could master… Maria, he saved my life, I won’t end his! Well, that argument had sort of hushed her for good.

Well, maybe not for good. She had been ready to crack with the whole Isabel thing… And Michael’s looks that practically screamed “I have criminal tendencies” hadn’t helped matters either. But once she had figured out what it was like to be Isabel… what it was like to have such a secret… she had, well, relaxed.

Okay, maybe relaxed was a strong word. She had dealt with it the best way she had been able to. She had accepted that weird things did happen, but she had also tried to keep her life. After all, Michael, Max and Isabel had always been part of West Roswell High, and… well, it had turned out that Michael didn’t have criminal tendencies. Not many, anyway.

Now, here she was, not knowing what to expect about her own interview. What would Dave tell her? He had certainly upset Michael with the whole Mrs. Dunlop business, had freaked out Kyle with the cars he had sent to Toby’s place, and now Liz and Max didn’t look exactly cheerful at the prospect that their little plan to get the diamond/key back had been allowed because of this man.

So, what was Dave going to tell her? And should it surprise her? Of course, she couldn’t decide to be surprised or not, but it was just odd to be in this position. And what if Dave knew about something she couldn’t even remember having happened to her ages ago? Why would it change the situation she found herself in now? All Dave was doing was telling them “See? I do know about you…” and… and… and what?

It was like Liz and Michael had already said: He was too interested in their relationships. How they had managed to remain together, why had they stayed so long in Roswell, or why hadn’t they said a thing to their parents. Dave was interested in human –and hybrid- nature. He had barely asked Liz a thing about the Jellyfish Queen, for instance, while on the other hand, he had asked Kyle a million questions about what he and Alex had done when they had been trapped in that cave.

“And he keeps going in circles…” Michael said in exasperation.

“And he can be really annoying with that,” Liz agreed.

“Which makes you want to break something so he’ll stop doing that,” Kyle ended, which made Liz and Michael exchange a somewhat guilty expression, one that Maria didn’t miss. She slightly frowned.

“But the important thing is that he hasn’t caught us telling him something we shouldn’t,” Kyle said, bringing Maria’s attention to the conversation. She would ask Liz later what that look was about.

“Yeah, but that’s because we thought he was going to ask alien related things,” Isabel answered, half worried, half confused. “We assumed he wanted us for our powers, but these interviews…”

“Oh, he wants our powers, I’m sure of it,” Michael said, getting that intense look he always got when he was making a point, “that’s why we are being interviewed by Jake. Jake just makes the whole thing different…”

Max looked up at Michael. “You have a point there…” he quietly said.

“Yeah, but…” Isabel continued, trying to find the right words, “What does he gain by knowing all these? To prove that if we ran, he’ll find us no matter what? That he knows us just too damned well for us to have secrets for long? What is he trying to prove when he tells us these things?”

“No, you’re wrong,” Michael cut in. “If anything he’s proving that he doesn’t know much about us. It’s like with the rooms, he was just guessing what was important and what was not in our lives.”

“What? You’re saying that he’s guessing about us?” Maria asked, frowning. If Dave was guessing, well… he had to be the luckiest person on the planet to guess it right so many times.

“No, he’s not guessing,” Liz said. “He knows things, but he doesn’t know them whole. He didn’t know the diamond was a key until I said so. He knew it was important enough for us to steal it, but that was it.”

“He’s filling in the blanks,” Kyle ended.

“Yes,” Isabel said at Kyle’s conclusion, “but why is he so interested in filling in the blanks?”

They all looked at each other as if the answer was going to pop up from thin air any second now. Which, unsurprisingly, it didn’t. Maria sighed out loud. “We’re stuck. We are already in the middle of this crazy situation, so… we’ll just keep doing what we have been doing till he goes away, right? Then we’ll have to deal with only two prison guards instead of three.”

And, unsurprisingly, none of them cheered at that prospect neither.


* * *


Dave finally blinked. He had been staring at his shattered window for quite some time now, his mind lost in one single moment of his whole conversation with Liz. He had been going over and over it enough times to let it go, but he still wasn’t sure if his conclusions were right. So he went over it one last time.

Michael had shattered his window more than 24 hours ago – 33 hours, and 28 minutes- and yet Liz hadn’t known about that. Or had she just feigned surprise? His trained memory went over the scene. Expressions could be deceiving, but Liz had been surprised to hear him say Michael had done it. But if that was true, then it would mean that Michael hadn’t told the group. They were keeping secrets from each other now, and he wasn’t sure what to make of it. He absently frowned.

He hadn’t anticipated this. He was fully expecting them to lie to him, of course, but to keep things from themselves? Maybe he was making a big thing out of nothing, he considered, because he hoped that they knew how important keeping each other in the loop was.

And speaking of loops…The other thing that was bothering Dave big time was his best friend. Jake had made his case earlier about the kids needing time and space, but those were luxuries he couldn’t afford. He knew he was getting on their nerves, but he had thought and thought again how to go about this whole situation, and frankly, he could be doing a lot worse. So no, he was not going to change it. Right?

Right.

Now that he was thinking about his chat with his older friend, Jake asking all that about fake lives had unsettled him. What had Jake been aiming for? He was too smart to not know Dave would read into it.

Jake had always been a cautious person. He didn’t like to call attention to himself, and went about his business as quietly as a mouse. But inside of that passive exterior, Dave knew that Jake was always alert, taking mental notes, and when things didn’t add up, he would go over and over the subject, even if that “subject” was Dave himself. Jake could be a very persistent man, so Dave knew this conversation about “what do you want for them” was not going to be over until he finally –if ever- could tell Jake the truth. Or something that Jake would believe as the truth. Whatever happened first.

Getting up from his chair, he slowly circled his dark table while absently picking puzzle pieces up and placing them face up. He reached the other side of the table and looked to the window from there. It was already dark outside, so he pretended that it was morning instead of night, as he sat where all the kids had sat. What did they feel like when they were staring at him? He pictured himself at the other end, bending over the puzzle, talking about things he wasn’t supposed to know, revealing to them unexpected interventions.

He saw his imaginary self smiling, his eyes trying to not stare, his hand endlessly searching for the next piece. He could look friendly, but he also could look a little bit dark, distant sometimes… and dangerous too. As he was looking at “himself”, he pretended to be one of the kids, as if he were the one being interviewed. What did they feel when they were sitting here? The change was instantaneous. How cold his hands became, unsure of what to answer. His eyes looking uneasily in all directions, searching for any clue that Dave might reveal… something that Dave might have missed, or let slip. He felt a tight knot in his stomach, a silent fury in the back of his mind.

If he was reading them right, he was walking a thin line here. They weren’t in an easy position, Dave knew, but they had managed, hadn’t they? He just had to be careful with what else he was going to “slip”.

They were still here, going through these interviews because it was a requirement to keep the deal going, and to their safety and their parents’ safety. The closest thing they could get to a “normal” life. And if they stayed long enough, their only hope of having a future as well.

The other thing he felt while sitting on that side of the table was fear. Fear that he wasn’t telling the truth, that they had made a mistake. That this whole thing was an illusion. And that fear was something he had to get rid of and pronto.

Biting his lower lip as he had seen Liz doing, Dave finally reached a dangerous decision that could alter the conclusion of his plan. He decided to change pieces in his mental puzzle. Tomorrow, when Isabel came, he would play one of his last cards. He wasn’t planning on using it so soon, but Jake’s words were still echoing in his ears. They are too tense.

On the other hand, if he didn’t play it right, it all could very easily turn against him. Contrary to what these kids thought, Dave didn’t know all that much that was relevant enough to keep them guessing. So he had to play this cautiously.

His eyes rested on his ruined pieces. He hadn’t known about Max and Liz’s connection, for instance, until he had heard them talking in the rooms. He hadn’t understood at all what Maria was talking about when she had told Max she could feel Michael. In fact, five days had gone by and he hadn’t gotten to know much about that… and in his book, five day mysteries just were non-existent… at least when it came to people.

So, he had asked Liz. And, surprisingly, Liz had answered. Just like Kyle before her, she was trying to make him see that they were being honest when it came to the point where they could say: “Max, Michael and Isabel aren’t monsters. They are humans.”

Dave had met enough humans who were monsters not to know the difference, but it was very interesting to see these two “defending” the alien trio. He liked that. It made him feel comfortable that these kids had a sense of loyalty and responsibility for each other, and that they cared what was going on with each one of them. And that was why he was worried that Michael hadn’t told them –or at least Liz- about the shattered window.

Like you are one to talk, he could mentally hear Jake in his ear. He hadn’t been exactly brutally honest with them, nor was he telling Ray or Jake the extent of his plans, but… he really didn’t like that they were keeping secrets now. The problem was that he didn’t see any way of correcting that. This was something they had to work out for themselves. So, deciding there was nothing he could do about it, Dave just let it go. For now.

For a moment he shifted his mental view: He stopped imagining how the kids saw him and tried to see himself from Jake’s point of view. Hiding truths, aren’t we?

Jake had once told him the fact that he avoided the truth didn’t mean he wasn’t lying… and that had made him cringe. Now that he was pretending to be Jake, that was exactly what he perceived of himself. And what he felt was that Jake was confused. Jake didn’t want to doubt him, but he was doubting his intentions. Jake was dealing with it, certainly, but it still made Dave doubt for a moment if leaving his friend in the dark was the right –or safe- thing to do.

No, Jake was better off where he was. If it was truly worrying him, Jake would go and tell him so in a more direct, serious and decisive way. Jake had had his points, but by the time he had left his office, he had also agreed he understood that Dave wasn’t playing with them. One point for Dave. Yay…

“Not playing with them” didn’t exactly mean Jake was going to let the matter go. ”I’m leaving them with you, what’s wrong with that?” Dave had asked him at the end of the day. And Jake had looked at him, with the look that said “don’t play with me” loud and clear. He hoped these kids would get to know sooner or later how much Jake got to “fight” for them. Dave let go a small smile. And here he was thinking that he was the one protecting them.

Returning his view to the window, his thoughts returned to Liz. The nineteen-year-old brunette had held her ground remarkably well, though he knew she had slipped a couple of times and he was more than sure that she had left his office with turmoil in her mind. Good, let them keep guessing. That would keep them busy. This time, he let go a broader smile. She really didn’t know how important she was in Max’s life, did she?

Had she ever wondered how Max’s view of the world would have changed if she had freaked out and turned him in? Or had she wondered back then how much it would mean in the future that she hadn’t run away from him?

Still sitting on the black leather chair, and still staring at the shattered window, Dave sighed. Did any of them know how important they were for the future of his plan?


* * *


“You did not do that,” Max said with a worried tone, all strength draining from his body, finally letting himself sink into one of Isabel’s couches.

Isabel looked at Michael with a somewhat annoyed expression, one that didn’t exactly hold surprise –just as Max’s hadn’t- at Michael’s latest revelation. It was now close to 9:00p.m., and the three of them were discussing things over at Isabel’s apartment. Maria had gone to Liz’s apartment to have a girl talk while Kyle had mumbled something about meditation and peace of mind. Isabel guessed that the six of them needed their space again, if only for a little while.

And though Isabel had thought they were going to have a calm conversation to review how things had gone so far, she now found herself listening to Michael’s account of his interview. It could never be easy with Michael, could it?

“He was pushing it,” Michael explained in a cold voice, pacing in front of them. Max looked at the ceiling as if praying for patience. “Besides,” Michael continued, “it isn’t as if he’s going to kick us out or anything. We are too important to him.”

“That’s not the point,” Isabel said before Max had any chance, or she wouldn’t be able to stop both of them starting a discussion. “You cannot just go breaking his windows and expect him to do nothing in the long run.”

“I didn’t break it,” Michael said, annoyed, “and to tell you the truth I don’t think he was surprised about it either.”

“Oh, that’s great,” Max said with uncharacteristic tired sarcasm.

“Listen, nothing happened,” Michael snapped back, “He didn’t say a thing about it. If he had cared all that much, he would have said so.”

Max gave Michael a cold look that said “don’t make me start”. For some reason, her brother wasn’t in the mood to argue with Michael, but that look had sent goosebumps down her spine. Michael sat down as well, calmer. Max lowered his eyes and rubbed his forehead with his left hand.

“We have to be more careful with what we do around him. He’s trying to see what buttons to press, and if we just lose it…”

“You mean if I lose it,” Michael said, with an accusing tone.

“No, I mean we,” Max said in a serious voice, “I wasn’t exactly brilliant today breaking the glass door. At least you shattered the window on purpose… I never saw it coming.”

Isabel looked at her brother with a worried look. He gave her a small smile. “At least you haven’t lost it,” he sort of joked, avoiding elaborating on the subject.

“I just hope I can say the same tomorrow night,” Isabel said, not wanting to imagine what exactly Dave was going to tell her. She stood up and went to her kitchen, desperate to have something to do to get her mind off tomorrow’s interview. Max and Michael were still talking in her living room.

“You should have at least told Liz beforehand,” Max said, trying to sound calm and not impatient, though he failed.

“I know…” she heard Michael say in a resigned voice, as she was taking three Snapples out of the fridge. Well, Michael agreeing so fast he had been wrong was a first.

“Liz told me so,” he continued, “and I’m sorry, okay?” he defensively said, sounding a lot more like the Michael she knew, “But I didn’t think you needed the extra information right then.”

“It’s not that, Michael,” Max said, in that tone he got when he was desperate to make a point to Michael. Now that she was thinking about it, Max only got that tone when trying to explain things to Michael. “If we are keeping things from each other and he gets to know that, he could very easily use that to his advantage. It can be used against us. And we cannot give him more advantages than he already has.”

Silence. Isabel busied herself in the kitchen. She hated to be in the middle of her brother and Michael, and somehow, it always ended up being like that. So, no, not this time.

“You would have been able to deal with it this morning?” Michael asked, talking about the fact that he had had a good reason for keeping things from Max.

“I have enough tension to blow this ceiling right now,” Max said, in a low voice. “But you should… You must see… I… I don’t know what I’m saying. I’m just too tired to think straight.” Her brother closed his eyes for two seconds, and then, sighing, he tried to put his thoughts in order. “You shouldn’t have kept it secret, but I don’t think you were wrong in assuming that I’m pretty much at my limit right now…”

Isabel re-entered her living room and gave each of the boys a Snapple. Michael looked worried, and she wasn’t sure of what she should say to either Max or Michael. Max was right, but the problem was that his two sentences were contradicting each other.

“We made the right decision, didn’t we?” Max asked, looking at each one of them in turn.

“We are stuck here, what difference does it make?” Michael said back, tactless as usual. He might be worried, but it didn’t mean he was going to say what he thought in any other way.

“It makes all the difference in the world,” Max said, leaning back against the couch. He was right, again. If they had made the wrong decision, how were they going to make any other in the future without this one weighing on their heads? If this was the right decision and it went astray, okay… but if it was wrong all along…

“There’s one more thing I wanted to tell you,” Michael broke in, for once keeping to himself whatever it was he thought about the decision they had made. “After I shattered his window… he went right away with something else, and I’m not sure what to make of it.”

Isabel sat beside Michael. Max looked at him, unsure if he wanted to keep listening or not. What now?

“It was about Maria’s present… And now I’m thinking that I might take his advice.”


* * *


“I didn’t hear you complaining then, nor coming up with another plan. And you did know what we were doing.” Ray’s words echoed in Jake’s mind for the millionth time that night. The worst thing was that Ray was right. Jake had willingly and consciously followed Dave’s plan. But things didn’t seem so clear now than two weeks before. He sighed. It was almost midnight and Jake couldn’t sleep. Just like Dave had been changing pieces in his mental puzzle, Jake was trying to see all the pieces there were to play with. What was Dave’s puzzle to begin with?

When Dave had told him seven months ago that he was watching these kids from afar because the government was behind them, Jake had thought that he understood perfectly well Dave’s cautiousness. Maybe the “Special Unit” wasn’t behind him, but if someone in the military got wind that Dave wasn’t as dead as he was supposed to be, Dave -and Jake- were going to be in big trouble.

The problem was that now it didn’t seem like Dave’s cautiousness had anything to do with his non-dead status, but with something else. Something else concerning these kids. Of course Ray wouldn’t have had a clue of what his words had implied earlier that afternoon in Jake’s mind about everything Jake knew that Ray didn’t. After all, if Dave and Jake barely talked about their past with each other, they just forgot they had a past with everyone else.

“Well, about two friends who met in childhood and have to escape this big, evil, dark castle. Our real lives in medieval times.” Dave had said about his imaginary life with his imaginary Nobel Prize, and that was probably the closest reference they had made about the beginnings of their friendship in five years… if not longer.

And now that friendship was being put to a very hard test. He had believed Dave today when he had assured him that he was not playing with them, because frankly, Jake couldn’t imagine Dave playing with people’s emotions just to see what could happen. Never out of fun. On the other hand, he knew really well that Dave did play with people when he thought the final outcome was worth it. That was why he was an expert at making deals. And he had played with these kids, at least in the beginning, to get them to accept an offer that had probably saved their lives.

That had seemed like the big scheme less than ten days ago to Jake. Saving their lives from certain doom. Jake bitterly smiled to himself. As far as he could see, saving their lives was part of the scheme, but hardly the whole thing.

Taking a deep breath, Jake tried to see things from another perspective. What if, for the sake of argument, it had been to save their lives? If Dave was not interested in anything else but that, then sending them to Jake was more out of giving them something to do than anything else. He knew the kids had been expecting to be exploited, so, Dave saying that he wanted exactly what they thought everyone wanted from them had been just some sort of cover up story.

Except that it couldn’t be that easy. Because Dave was very interested in their powers. He has to practice, Dave had pointed out when they were discussing Max’s refusal to heal just yesterday. But then again, Dave had never told Jake you have to figure out how they do it, which, frankly, was something he couldn’t promise he could ever understand.

Looking at no point in particular on the ceiling, Jake thought harder. There were two primordial things with Dave’s actions: One was “keep them here no matter what it takes” and the second one was “get them to use their powers”. So, those were two pieces, what about the rest?

“What if they decide to leave?” Jake had asked Dave less than three days ago, “Well,” he had answered without hesitation, “the deal was pretty clear on that one: I can’t follow them, I’ll just disappear.” And Dave had been telling him the truth, Jake could tell. He was too annoyed at the prospect for it to be a lie. But it didn’t make sense that Dave would so unceremoniously leave them alone just because they decided so.

And, what if they did leave?

If they left right now their chances out there were zero. But what if they left in a year? Two, three years… Away from the world and actually getting to learn their full potential, in three years they could probably get to be really good. Dave would certainly keep his part about clearing out the Special Unit, and even one year could be all he needed for that. Maybe what Dave was aiming for was to prepare them to live out there, with a clean start.

“Another life?” Jake said out loud to no one in that room but himself. He had already gone down that avenue, and had even convinced himself that it couldn’t possibly be what Dave wanted. But the pieces seemed to fit: Keep them here till I can clear the coast out there, and make them practice so they can defend themselves once they are out.

But Jake had already asked him that, hadn’t he? “Protect them from what?” Jake had asked Dave in exasperation when he was getting nowhere with the kids. “From the world, of course,” Dave had said, shrugging, and then, as if thinking it, he had silently repeated to himself, “from the world…”

And that second time had given Jake the creeps. The way he had said it… If Dave was indeed protecting them from “the world”, then Jake’s and Dave’s definition of the concept differed by a long shot. Why would Dave need to protect them from the world in such a drastic way? And why, oh why couldn’t Jake swallow that what Dave was doing was exactly that: To protect them from the world? That he was giving them the opportunity to learn to defend themselves once they went back to the big, bad world?

Because if it were just that, he wouldn’t have taken so, so damn many precautions, Jake thought, the ceiling still being this really fascinating object from which he couldn’t unglue his sight.

He wished he could be as trusting as Ray was about Dave’s plan. Granted, Jake didn’t believe for a second that Dave’s plan implied the kids getting hurt, but not knowing what Dave was doing meant that Dave himself didn’t believe it was all that good. Why would Dave keep it secret if it were any other way?

Shutting his eyes really tight as if he were having a headache, Jake tried to start from the beginning. Maybe his problem to figure this out was that he hadn’t really spent too much time around Dave for the past years… they saw each other regularly, yeah, but that was as friends, never really going into detail about each others’ “work”. They talked about the world, about other things. They remembered things they had done together, and went places together to have a good time. But Dave always kept to himself what he was doing with his plans.

So Jake went back, to that time when he knew Dave better than Dave knew himself, and that brought memories of a very mischievous, stubborn and persistent kid. When Jake had first seen Dave, he had had no doubt in his mind that the six-year-old who was having an asthma attack was going to be his salvation out of that place. Granted, it had taken them six more years, but they had managed.

Thinking about that made it finally hit Jake that Dave’s plan was unclear to him because Jake was thinking about it in a linear way. He was assuming Dave had one motivation, and that was working towards one goal. From point A to point B. When in fact Dave was used to working with multiple points to get multiple tasks done. Maybe Dave had more than one reason to keep them safe, and was hoping to gain more than just teaching them how to defend themselves out there…

If Dave –who was placing piece number 2982 at his office- had known that Jake had hit on the basis of what he was doing, he would have re-thought everything he was doing up to that point. But, placing piece number 2983, he would have smiled and known that it was just plain impossible that Jake –or anyone- could know.

Jake knew this. That he was lacking information to see what other things Dave had set in motion. But most of all, he was lacking a time frame for what Dave had been doing for the past two and a half years. He had definitely stumbled upon these kids by mere coincidence, but it was unlikely that Dave had planned so many complex situations to just protect them. Or to just teach them.

Sighing, Jake resigned himself to the idea that the other thing he lacked was Dave’s insight into the lives of these kids. And he also lacked that far away vision that Dave always had had of the future of things. Of the great scheme of things and all that.

Placing piece number 2991, Dave stopped for a second, almost as if sensing that someone was thinking through his doings. And Jake had been so close… Because Dave did have a damned good insight about the future of these kids… about the future of everyone involved in his plan… and about the terrible consequences should his plan fail as well.


TBC
"There's addiction, and there's Roswell!"
User avatar
Misha
Addicted Roswellian
Posts: 425
Joined: Thu Jun 20, 2002 10:44 am
Location: Guatemala City, Guatemala

Post by Misha »

Thanks for coming back to read!!

Special thanks to KathyW for still beta-ing after all this time!! You are the bestest girl!! And to RoswieGoof for hurrying and spending her day off beta-ing this part! You two and your comments make writing such a fun experience!


BETHANN, :lol: I do happy dances too!! Dave knows a lot of stuff, yeah, but there are things he's still lacking ;) And I do hope I can answer all those questions... this story is getting bigger every day!! Even if I keep notes and stuff, I think I'm going to forget something at some point...sighs...

xmag, why is Dave "dead" will be explained sooner or later... rather later than sooner, but okay... OOOHHH GOOD QUESTION about Dave and Jake! But the "family" thing will be explained -at least partially- on the next chapter, so you won't have to wait too long on that one :D

Timelord31, I try to balance how much info I'm giving on any given character, so you can know where everyone is on the story. :)

mezz, thanks! It's wonderful to be back too!! Though I *do* keep writing... just slowly...

tequathisy, Michael's mystery present will be revealed sooner for you guys than for Maria. And you'll see why Dave had something to say about that ;)

DunkBiscuit, don't you just love the one million and one ways you can neglect college work?? :lol:

Interesting question about Maria, but I think I can safely say that she'll never gain special powers. Though that would be cool, uh?


This is one of my favorite chapters, especially since it is told from the girls' perspectives ;)



XXI
Significant Others



It wasn’t working. It hadn’t worked for the past three nights, and it wasn’t working now either. Isabel felt frustration creeping all over her body as she lay on her bed. No matter how hard she tried, she couldn’t dreamwalk Dave. The doubt that Dave was, after all, an alien was eating her up as badly as those green sparks were eating Kyle. Neither one of them had confided those facts to anyone in their group, though, so they were both silently suffering in their respective apartments.

She had been going around and around what she had seen in Ray’s dream the night before. And for all she could decipher, Ray thought that Dave and Jake were humans. He couldn’t understand why Isabel was asking such things; he had thought it was the most hilarious thing ever too. And then she had had no choice but to leave his dream, without a real answer. She had to dreamwalk Dave -or Jake- to get to know that for certain.

Except that Dave was an impossible matter, and she wasn’t sure that she wanted to dreamwalk Jake just now. She was still gathering the nerve to do it, trying to convince herself that Jake wouldn’t think it odd.

Just like Kyle had decided that the group didn’t need more pressure, Isabel had decided to keep her suspicions to herself till she had something more solid. If Max or Michael were thinking that Dave could be an alien, they hadn’t said a thing about that. Everyone had thought that Dave was being honest when it came to telling them how he had discovered them.

It all had made sense when Dave had told his story, Isabel thought again, but beside his word, there was nothing else to prove that he was human, or even if his way of discovering them had been exactly like that. And then again, if she dreamwalked Jake, and if he turned out to be human, that didn’t automatically prove that Dave was too. She was going in circles with this, and it was very frustrating. She had been going around the same theory for two nights now.

Isabel tiredly closed her eyes. She needed to sleep, she knew that, but too many things were swirling in her head for that. She knew, beyond a doubt, that Dave would bring Jesse into their conversation, and she wasn’t sure if she wanted to talk about Jesse or not. Was he running for his life? Had anyone gotten to him? Was he still looking over his shoulder? Was he having a nice life now?

Did he still think about her?

How could she ever think that marrying Jesse was a good idea? It all had seemed so clear back in the day… Despite what everyone had told her, it all had seemed worth it. She let go a small, sad smile. Worth it… How hollow it sounded in this empty bed, and how selfish she felt as well. She had wanted it all, hadn’t she? She had wanted to graduate high school, to go to college, to marry, to have a family of her own… All things that any normal person would want.

She shut her eyes trying to let go of all these thoughts. But she couldn’t keep them at bay. Why had she kidded herself about having a normal life with Jesse?

She hadn’t been stupid, no. Impulsive, maybe, but not stupid. She had just buried Alex, which had made her feel that life was really short. She couldn’t mourn Alex any longer than she had, because all she could picture was Alex’s grin, Alex’s joyfulness, Alex’s way of enjoying life. Kyle had told her about a week after Tess had left, that Alex wouldn’t have had it any other way. That his life had been unique and that was all that Alex had ever wanted. So she had decided that enough was enough, and that Alex would want her to keep going with her life.

It had been then that Isabel had started to let it go. About a month afterwards, she had cut her hair, changed its color, and decided that she would change everything in her life too. She was now a college girl. There was no Special Unit anymore. No alien enemies had shown up. Tess was gone… summer was going by without much happening. Max, Michael and her had all agreed on their renewed vow about not telling anyone anymore. But things between the three of them hadn’t been the same after everything that had happened in the last weeks Tess had been around. They had also agreed to let go of ever wanting to go back to Antar and had decided to live in this world.

Her brother hadn’t said it, but he had been disappointed that neither she nor Michael had wanted to help him in his impossible quest of finding his son. So he had said nothing more about her nephew, and had taken to himself whatever plans he had had.

And Michael… well, it was practically impossible to find Michael without Maria… And so, Isabel had begun to feel kind of lonely now that the two boys who had grown up with her and had shared almost everything she had ever done, had gone their own separate ways.

But it was okay, because she was planning on having a life of her own as well. To have her own future without them attached to her every move. And that future had just materialized once her father had been able to convince her to go to that boring company picnic on July 5th.

It had been so casual. Two strangers talking out of the blue since both of them were practically dying of boredom, watching the grass grow. He had made her laugh before ten minutes had passed. And that had been it. She hadn't smiled this much for a long time. Kyle was always joking around her, but it always felt so forced, like he was putting up on some show so she would get to laugh. But Jesse hadn’t known her, or her past, and yet there he was, so easily getting from her what no one had been able to do for two months. The instant Jesse had smiled, she had fallen in love with him.

It all had happened so fast, and with such passion. Jesse was as full of life as she wished she could be. He had no secret life, no dark past… he was a normal guy. Everything that she was hoping for and so much more. And she could never have enough of that feeling, the one of being so alive, that she had to see Jesse more and more often. He was perfect. Their relationship was perfect.

Or it was for about two seconds when she realized that eventually she would have to confide in him… And she had dreaded that moment. Oh, how she had dreaded it. But she had pushed that thought to the back of her mind. Why would she think about something that shouldn’t worry her just yet? Because in those early days, Isabel had known that getting really serious with Jesse would take time. A lot of it.

Except that it hadn’t taken all that long... And it hadn’t been perfect.

She was always afraid of doing the wrong thing, of saying the wrong thing in front of Jesse. She had gotten so used to being around Maria, Liz and Kyle and using her powers whenever she wanted to in front of them, that adjusting to this new person that didn’t know the truth about her had been difficult.

She had been annoyed at some point that Kyle and Maria went to her to ask small favors out of her powers, but that was in part because she couldn’t share that with Jesse. She couldn’t make things easy for him. She had to cook the “human” way, when a wave of her hand would do wonders instead. She had to wash dishes, to squeeze orange juice… to say that she needed Max and Michael to paint her own apartment, when the irony was that they were going to use their powers to do so, something she could really do very well on her own.

When she actually got too frustrated and started to use her powers all the same, she had to make up all these elaborate scenarios to explain why things worked properly, or why things were done so fast. It was frustrating to no end. It hadn’t been even half as difficult with her parents, in part because her parents weren’t home most of the time, or she wasn’t home all of the time, and, well… it was just easier since their parents weren’t snooping around her and asking a million questions like Jesse did.

Not that Jesse didn’t have the right to wonder… She had lied so much to him in such a short time that of course she had known she was a damned good liar. She had never questioned it, it was just a given with her. Her life depended on her ability to lie. Before she had even known she was an alien, she had already known that she was different from all the other kids, and had kept that to herself. Gosh, even talking about that with Max had been difficult back in the day; and as they were growing up they just had pretty much avoided the subject.

And she had avoided the subject with Jesse with such efficiency that it had been so clear to her why Jesse was so angry with that. He understood why she had to lie, but he didn’t understand why it was so easy for her to deceive him. Not him, of all people. Why hadn’t she trusted him? That was what had made Jesse so angry in the end: That she had kept him in the dark, willingly, consciously and purposefully.

He had given her enough opportunities to tell him the truth, Isabel guessed, but how could Jesse even grasp what his wife’s secret was all about? Psychic abilities? Yeah, she should have gone with the witch theory… But the part that hurt the most was that Isabel knew that if it hadn’t been for a life-death situation, she wouldn’t have told Jesse the truth.

It was so ironic, because everyone who knew their secret had known it because there had been a life-death situation. From Max saving Liz and Kyle, to them trusting the Sheriff to rescue Max, to finally telling the truth to their parents so they could flee their own home. She had never been able to picture telling Jesse the truth without Jesse running for his life, betraying her, or just fainting, only to later run for his life and betray her.

She had been so unfair to Jesse… but she had been so scared of facing the harsh reality that Jesse viewed her as something different. This monster from outer space… this stranger that was no longer his wife. So she had put it off… Until Jesse had finally discovered in the worst possible way. There was no turning back then. He knew and that was it.

But he had stayed.

It hadn’t been easy later on. Hell, truth to be told, it had been almost impossible after that. He wanted to think that it didn’t matter, but it mattered to him that she hadn’t been honest. That she thought he was untrustworthy. That all he could think was that Isabel Evans was just an act. And now there was this whole side of her that he didn’t know. And there were all these expectations from Max and Michael that he didn’t want –or care- to meet.

It had been the two of them before she got shot, and it had become the two of them plus the whole alien club after that. And Jesse had been so frustrated. It was bad enough that he was worried about what she was, but it was way worse to have all these eyes pinned on him.

They had fought a lot. So much until she was just so sick of it and so sick of feeling guilty all the time that she had really thought it had been the biggest mistake of her life. Until Jesse had come through. He had killed a man to keep her safe. Oh, things hadn’t gotten better after that –they got worse actually- but that act had proven to her that Jesse still cared about her. Cared so much in fact, that she was willing to forget all about Roswell and start someplace else. Screw the whole alien mafia for once!

Their fighting got worse. He told her that he needed time to adjust, but in truth Jesse was furious that he had become part of something bad, something dark and secretive and all around wrong. He had been furious too that now he had to lie to everyone around him, and that somehow he was now under Max’s and Michael’s orders, that he was no longer in control of every aspect of his life. He hadn’t been able to understand that now his actions and decisions had to be approved by other people, much younger people for crying out loud.

And it was all going downward… faster and faster… and she was watching it all go to hell. All her hopes, all her future… gone, just like that. And then Tess had crashed… And Jesse had had his second glimpse into her life. That was her secret, alien, running-for-my-life part of her life.

With Agent Burns, Jesse had only gotten to see what it was like when people knew about them. With the Army, Jesse had gotten to see what it was like to literally be running for their lives. It had changed his mind… It had made him understand what it was like to be like her. How odd that things going so wrong for all of them had finally made things go better for her marriage.

Because things got better. After things had gone quiet with the Army, they actually had been getting back into what they used to be, what they used to have. She was still this alien wife, but she was no longer a stranger. Somehow the fact that she had to start all over with her parents, telling them the truth and answering their questions, had made Jesse not feel so alone and singled out. He was no longer the only newcomer into the alien abyss, nor was he the only one over 20 that knew about all of it, the ex-Sheriff excluded, of course.

It was becoming perfect. Until a week later when it was all taken back again. Have the life that you were supposed to have before you met me...

She unconsciously played with her wedding ring on her left hand, a habit born of anxiousness. Every time she thought about Jesse, she would invariably do that. She never took it off, because it was the only link she had with him. Night after night she debated whether she should dreamwalk the man of her dreams or not. And the answer was always a negative one. She couldn’t do this to Jesse… not even to know how he was doing. Because if Jesse knew what she could do and then someone else found out… Besides, chances were she was too far away to reach him anyway.

Now she had the chance to know for sure what had happened to him. Max had been right when she had dreamwalked him on Saturday afternoon: Dave had to know what was going on with her husband, because any other thing wouldn’t make sense. Not with Dave. The man had done way too many things already, so many complicated things to get to know them, to not know where Jesse was.

A thought crossed her mind in that instant that made her go cold: What if Dave didn’t bring Jesse into the conversation at all? Did she want to know all the same? Would he wait for her to bring Jesse into the conversation then? As crazy as it sounded, she hoped that Dave would bring Jesse up, taking the choice away from her, because leaving the option to her would be too much for her heart and soul.


* * *


In slow motion, the windows shattered, and a second later, they exploded, making that sound the only thing audible in the whole room. So you don’t forget, a familiar voice said behind her, as she watched the scene unfold, not knowing what to do or say.

Maria’s eyes opened with a start. It took her a second to register that she was on her bed, and turning her head to the left, she found that Michael was still sleeping, without a hint that he had sensed that she had been having a bad dream. Good.

Taking a deep breath, Maria let herself relax. It had been a weird dream, not exactly a bad one, but it told her that her subconscious wasn’t exactly buying what her conscious mind had decided the minute that they had stepped inside this complex.

She had been terrified about what this Dave wanted of the alien trio until he had seriously said that he wanted them to “eat properly”; she had stopped shivering at the thought of the pod squad being trapped here in a dark cell when he had stated that it was “stress” that was going to kill them, and ultimately, when he had asked what their “conditions” were. She had known then that Dave wasn’t going to hurt them, because he didn’t have to go through all of that to do something that he could easily do in another million, non-nice ways. And as the days had gone by, her belief had been proven right.

She hadn’t fooled herself then, and she wasn’t fooling herself now, but whatever that man wanted, just as Max had kept saying, it included them being safe.

So, she might have accepted that this wasn’t going to be for the worst, but lying awake on her bed in the middle of the night, she realized that she was so calm about this deal for all the wrong reasons. They were safe, and she would bet her life that they were going to be safe for a long time, but she also knew that eventually, that safety was going to disappear. She just knew it.

They had accepted out of fear, and God knew that Michael, Max and Isabel were having the worst part of it all, but they had also accepted out of hope. Or so she kept reminding herself. The interesting part was that this whole thing had turned into anything but what they had envisioned. But then again, the fact that they had envisioned a future full of gloom and doom was something easy to beat with this complex.

She sighed. Sleep was nowhere to be found, and she just couldn’t lay awake waiting for the alarm to go off. Because Michael was blocking her view, she couldn’t look at her clock. And she didn’t want to move, because it was hard enough for Michael to fall asleep for her to just awake him for no good reason. She had to regain her sleepiness, she decided.

She tried… for about three seconds. She had too much going on inside her mind to try to really relax. She had been thinking a lot about everything on her life lately. About Max saving Liz and how that had gotten her to Michael. About how they had been on and off more times than she wanted to count. About why she was here and what role she had on the group. And now she had been dreaming about her interview with Dave. It all had started right, though Michael had offered to walk her to Dave’s door. Which she had accepted without a single concern, until Michael had faced Dave in his office, had raised his hand, and had shattered and exploded the entire window behind the man. So you don’t forget.

That had been when she had awakened. Liz had told her what Michael had done, and Maria had had to wonder what that would mean for her future interview. What would she say about Michael? “He breaks windows, that’s what he does”. Well, yeah, he did that a lot, but Michael did so much more than just break things out of frustration. She knew Dave was going to make some reference to that window, and Maria wasn’t sure which approach was better: To play it cool, or to defend Michael, or to… well, just say nothing about it.

She knew that Liz had tried that approach, “say nothing about it”, but if that man had made Michael talk for three hours, she was going to be a field trip for him. Maybe she should be the one to talk. That way, she could just babble on about whatever issue she wanted to babble about, not leaving Dave space to ask things she didn’t want to talk about.

Sure, well… she could try, now, couldn’t she?

She was getting weary of things, though. She was getting weary of the pressure on the group, pressure that they didn’t seem to be able to elude. She was still sore all over because of the gym, and now she was having nightmares about Michael kicking Dave’s butt. Things weren’t getting as easy as anyone would have wanted, and the knowledge that Michael was very capable of making her dream come true did not do wonders for her nerves.

She turned to look at a very asleep Michael, and after staring at him for ten seconds, she smiled and whispered, “Silly…”

Michael didn’t have to tell her -no one had to tell her- that ultimately, Michael had shattered that window because Dave had been pushing it, and she was more than sure that it had had something to do with her and her safety. Dave wasn’t a fool, he knew exactly where the Czechoslovakians’ weaknesses laid: With their human counterparts. Pierce had once used it against Max in the most unforgivable way; now Dave was playing a different game, but he knew exactly what cards he needed to play.

What she didn’t know was if Dave had anticipated Michael’s outburst. She had been waiting for something to happen, but she had thought that Michael was going to shout some things, not break them. Not that Michael was telling her much of what he had said either. He was shutting her out in more ways than just their new found connection. He was trying to leave her out of what was going on with him regarding everything.

And that was fine, because Maria knew that Michael was scared. Scared for them all, scared for bringing her along. Michael was keeping his distance with everyone for the moment, so he could take a look at things and get to know what was going on. Then he would open up again, more sure of where he was standing, knowing what he had to do to protect those he loved.

Of course, Maria’s patience was running thin by now. She hadn’t said much to Michael about that because she knew he needed to come to terms with this whole situation, but she was starting to miss his vibes. To miss his closeness… To miss his touch.

The thing was she knew that Michael was feeling very vulnerable right now. As long as he felt that things were out of control and that dangers were just about to jump around the corner, he would put that damned wall around him. As if his feelings were this distraction, she guessed. Ha. Please. When was Michael going to learn that emotions were his greatest source of energy? He probably needed her more than ever right now too, but it had to be Michael who had to realize that, or otherwise, they were going to end up arguing in a very serious way, and she just couldn’t deal with that. Not now. Not two days before her interview, and certainly not two days before her birthday.

It was so weird to be in this place, with so many unknowns, and to see Michael sleeping just like that, as if he wasn’t worried beyond sick. She sensed that Michael was really tired by now, so he had no other option but to fall asleep and stay asleep for the entire night. Good. He really needed that. And it gave her the rare pleasure of staring at Michael, just because she loved how he looked asleep.

Liz had told her that Max needed a good night’s sleep as well, and Isabel didn’t look like she was getting much rest either. Not that Liz, Kyle and herself looked that great to begin with, but somehow it seemed as if their three resident hybrids were taking it worse. But then again, what did she know about having to hide powers? What did she know about what it was like to be afraid of being seen as a lab rat?

Michael moved in his sleep, and Maria was afraid that all these stupid things she was thinking were going to wake him up. But he didn’t, and Maria let go a sigh of relief. She really didn’t need to be thinking about all that crap either. She needed to concentrate on the good things, so she could send those vibes to the love of her life.

Getting on her side so she could have a more comfortable view of Michael, Maria felt relieved. They were still together. Sure, they were still snapping back, and pouting, and she was still slapping him, and he was still ignoring her sometimes, but it was all part of the package. Along with those sweet and spicy kisses, those electrifying touches, and those unexpected surprises that Michael managed from time to time. All handmade, of course. Space Boy did learn his lessons well.

She smiled at memories of simpler times. Not that anything had ever been simple with Michael, mind you, but at times when they weren’t so afraid. Times when he didn’t have a clue about how to treat women, and when she didn’t know how to treat hybrids. She had wanted Michael to be like Max, but with Michael’s passionate outbursts and intensity. And he had wanted Maria’s sparkles and energy, but without all the romantic crap. He certainly didn’t like things slow, and to be honest, neither did she. So somewhere along those first months, they had both seen that what they really wanted was each other, with their moods, and their rudeness, and their tactlessness and all that. He learned to be a little bit romantic. She learned to overlook his failed attempts at romanticism and to celebrate those occasions when he actually got it right. Because when Michael got it right, he got it right.

And for more than three years now they had been on and off and on and off… And she wasn’t sure why. Alex had once told her that it probably was because they short circuited each other with so many vibes. Oh, Alex had loved to tease her about that theory of hers, the one about communicating through vibes. She had slapped Alex for that one, but looking back at her story with Michael, Alex might have been correct.

When either one of them got too intense about anything, be it some stupid prom dance or an old friend visiting, they would just collide. Collide as two trains collide, with such intensity that the damage took months to be cleaned up. But it was cleaned up, and they would sooner or later be around each other again. And every time they reunited, they stayed together for longer periods of time. They were certainly learning from their past mistakes, and Maria liked that a lot. They were evolving as a couple, or something like that.

She imagined she could see the future, and in that vision she saw herself as a mother, with Michael as a father. What kind of father would Michael be? She softly giggled at the thought of their daughters having to fight every inch for the right to have a relationship, and somehow she found amusing the thought of scared boyfriends when Michael opened their future home’s door.

She imagined Michael fixing their car with theirs sons, explaining to them some complicated subject at night, or just teasing them about a new girl, exercising a patience that Maria knew Michael was keeping in storage for future years. She could picture it so well. She could picture it down to the last detail of Michael’s worried eyes looking around the corner, expecting someone to come and take their children away.

A future with Michael… was not an easy one. She smiled though, because a future with Michael was all that she really ever wanted, with the spooky, the crazy and the unexpected. She really didn’t want to hope for it, but all the same she was hoping that Dave would take care of every shadow of that future… She tried to pursue her vision, one in which Michael would look around the corner and find nothing. One where he would turn around and look at their kids splashing water over each other as they were washing the car.

Or maybe Dave wasn’t the right answer. Maybe they would manage to get lost in the big world, and find that place of their own. One where no one knew them, where they would get to start over. If Dave was telling the truth, maybe ten years from now no one would know about them but Dave himself, and then they would leave this place and go… somewhere.

And maybe she was just the most stupid girl in the entire universe to believe they could make it out of there and actually find the right place to live, but from that instant on, for the next long eight years, Maria never stopped looking for that place, for that perfect place in the entire world where they would belong.


* * *


It was the familiar smell that awoke her. She couldn’t really place where she had smelled it though, as the fog of her dreams was starting to dissipate just now. Slowly and sleepily, she reached with her hand to find that Max wasn’t by her side.

Liz frowned as she opened her eyes. Max was nearby, just not as close as she had thought. She still couldn’t tell how far or close Max was at any given moment –as he somewhat could- but she was working on it. Still, as she breathed once more, this time the smell brought her memories of home. It was the smell of toast, and pancakes. It was the smell of breakfast being cooked.

She smiled, even laughed a little. The world could be falling apart around them, but Max would still surprise her from time to time with some small things. He tried to take every little calm moment he could find to make it special. And for that she loved him even more.

She turned to see the hour, and her heart made a double beat as she saw that it was already 7:12. She should be at the Gym, right? Just because Max and Michael had gotten the day free, it didn’t mean that she, Maria and Kyle had it free as well… right? Besides, how horrible of her not to wake up and at least accompany Isabel as far as the Gym while her sister-in-law headed toward her interview with Dave.

She closed her eyes for an instant and then got up off the bed. She had put the alarm on the night before, she was sure of it, which meant that Max had turned it off before she could hear it. She couldn’t believe this was the second time in five days that Max had let her sleep when important things were happening. Sure, she needed the sleep, but she could decide if she wanted to go and be present, or to just keep sleeping. Besides—

“It’s okay!” She heard Max half laughing, half shouting to her from outside their bedroom. Almost as if he had known exactly what she was thinking. Of course, she thought, he knows what I’m feeling, and sure enough he knows why I’m feeling that.

For the briefest of moments, Liz froze as she was searching for her right shoe. There was something off with their connection. Something she couldn’t really be sure about, but all the same there was something not right… Oh, the connection was there, sure, it was just that she had never felt it so… low before. Yeah, that was it, it was low. Of course, she still hadn’t felt how low it would get just the next day. Hell, on a day around eight years in the future she would definitely experience what the lowest meant in terms of feeling Max’s connection, but because she couldn’t see the future anymore, all these facts didn’t bother her right at that moment.

All she knew was that Max was right in the next room and he didn’t feel all that close… He wasn’t closing off, that much she knew, but as she finally found her shoe and left their bedroom to meet with Max, her worries vanished away as her eyes met with his. Their connection sparkled into life.

“I wanted to surprise you,” he said, with a small smile, pancakes being put onto a plate. By the looks of it, he was half through with their breakfast.

She returned the smile, stopping right outside their bedroom door, leaning against the door frame. Yet, she crossed her arms in front of her. “It’s a little late, wouldn’t you say?” She wasn’t looking for an argument with Max, but he had to learn once and for all that she wasn’t happy with being left out.

“Not at all,” Max said, turning to the fridge to get the juice out. “We got a message from Isabel saying that Dave had re-scheduled her interview for 8:30. And Michael sent one to Ray about us not showing at the Gym till 8:30 as well…”

“He did?” Liz asked, letting her pout go as well as letting her arms fall to her sides, crossing the distance between their room and the kitchen. As Max was pouring the orange juice, she continued to ask. “What did Ray say?” Though to be honest, Liz was thinking more along the lines of what Max had thought about that.

“He sent a message back saying ‘okay’,” Max answered as he returned to his pancakes. “So I was just about to ask Ray what ‘okay’ meant, when Michael wrote me explaining.”

Liz walked into the kitchen, the smell of toast and pancakes making her stomach growl. Before she could figure out how to ask why Max was not going ballistic on Michael, he casually said, “It’s interesting that Ray didn’t give us a hard time on that one.”

“You were expecting him to?” Liz asked, standing in the entrance that separated the kitchen/pantry from their living room, watching him intently.

“I didn’t have an opinion on that one, about asking him for more time this morning,” Max said, turning his head to talk to her as he was cooking the rest of their breakfast. “But I think Maria was right yesterday. Once Dave goes, we’ll only have Jake and Ray to worry about… so getting to see what they do or don’t do is interesting.”

Liz nodded. “Besides,” Max continued, returning his attention to his pancakes, “I don’t think that schedule would have worked in the long run… Not with Michael and Maria having to get up that early…”

Liz laughed, a real laugh, which made Max turn and laugh a little too. It always amused her how Max never laughed all that hard at his own jokes, like he was too modest or something. It didn’t matter; she would always get to laugh for both of them.

Finally entering the kitchen, she went to Max to kiss him good morning. It was a sweet good morning kiss, and though Liz didn’t mind the spiciness of Max’s kisses, she would rather have his sweet taste instead. “You’ve been eating… honey?” She wondered out loud, narrowing her eyes, making Max slightly blush.

“I only had a small bite,” Max said, stating that he hadn’t eaten breakfast just yet. She smiled at him. Of course he hadn’t eaten without her. Sitting on their small, round table, Liz kept watching Max cook. She was still sleepy, she was still sore from the exercise. Hell, she was still paranoid and worried and tense, but for one perfect moment, she was content to be in a kitchen, watching her husband cooking her breakfast. It felt so good. It felt so normal. And normal hadn’t been around for so long that Liz thought that she had started to forget what not being on the run was like.

“I could get use to this,” she said as Max was bringing the rest of the pancakes to the table, the honey bottle in his other hand. He reached out to steal one more kiss from her.

“I could get use to this too,” he said as they broke their kiss, caught up into Liz’s perfect moment as well.

But a moment was all it was, at least for now, as they both started to eat, reality crashing back about their whereabouts and circumstances.

“Was Isabel nervous yesterday?” Liz asked, pouring honey on her pancakes, as Max was drowning his with Tabasco sauce. There was something bothering Max, she could tell. But then again, knowing Max, it would be some things. It could never be a singular worry with Max.

“The usual, I guess… She’s worried about Jesse… and what Dave might tell her about him,” Max quietly said, lost in thoughts about last night. “She’s worried too about our parents…”

She’s worried about this being a bad decision after all, Liz could tell by the way Max was talking. Because they were all worried about that same thing.

“Well, one thing I can assure you is that talking to that man was one of the strangest experiences I’ve ever had,” Liz said about Dave, and that was some statement, being that she was married to an alien king and all… “I mean, the way he goes about our lives… it can be intimidating… But at the same time, he tells you things, you know… he makes you think about our lives… about everything we ever took for granted… I don’t know… he can be seriously annoying at some points, but he has this way of asking things… of saying things… I think he’s learning his limits though…” Liz finally finished, unsure of her last statement.

“Well, since Michael only shattered his window, maybe you’re right,” Max said with a small smile. Oh yeah, that was bothering him too.

“Dave was very casual about it,” Liz insisted, as she had insisted the night before when Max had arrived at their apartment and Maria was leaving. “I think he was impressed by it, though.”

Max barely nodded as he was cutting his pancake into pieces. “Jake was impressed too, when I shattered the door… For a second I could see it in his eyes…” he trailed off. So, this was the other thing that was bothering him. Liz smiled, understanding it.

“You know,” she said, looking straight at him, “you’re tired, you’re all stressed out, you’re barely sleeping at all… of course you were going to lose control at some point or another.” He didn’t look up for a second or two.

“It wasn’t a nice feeling, that’s all,” Max said, trying to let the subject go. Failing, he sighed. Liz knew beyond a shadow of a doubt that Max just losing control of his powers at Jake’s lab had been a little too much. He had never lost control of his powers in his life. Not even when he had been drunk had he lost control over them. He had lost control over his fears, but certainly, his powers had worked perfectly well. He had been able to do whatever it was that he had wanted to do.

But yesterday he had lost it, the glass door shattering without him wanting it to.

“I could have hurt someone… I could have hurt Jake…” Max said, looking up to meet her eyes. The implications of hurting Jake were actually pretty high, Liz realized, especially with Dave, but still, Max was taking it too harsh on himself, and if he was expecting for that to not happen again, he better find some way of getting rid of all that extra energy.

“You should work your stress out,” she said reassuringly. Max slightly moved his head to his right, frowning a little. “You know,” Liz continued, “if you don’t let go of all that energy, of course you are going to end up breaking something. Maybe… I don’t know, maybe something at the gym might take your mind off of things…”

Max thought about it for some ten seconds. “The first time I really need to use my powers,” Max said, letting go a small smile at her, “and Jake’s not in the schedule.”

She smiled as he smiled at his own thought. “I wonder, though…” Max said, his expression returning to a serious one, “what was bothering Jake so much yesterday… that he wanted to argue with Dave so bad?” Liz raised her eyebrows in response. “You should have heard him, Liz. He said he could kill Dave right then.”

“What are you saying?” Liz said, remembering her own exchange of words with the famous Jake, how he had wanted to “pick a fight” with Dave. “That Jake and Dave are fighting over you three?”

“Maybe… But it could mean that whatever Dave wants is not what Jake wants… or it could be another million things… I just don’t know what is going on between those two,” Max quietly said, his pancakes forgotten, “but I’m not sure if being in the middle of such men is a good thing for us or not.”

They both locked onto each other’s eyes, neither one thinking -not by a far chance- that it was, at all, a good thing.


TBC…
"There's addiction, and there's Roswell!"
User avatar
Misha
Addicted Roswellian
Posts: 425
Joined: Thu Jun 20, 2002 10:44 am
Location: Guatemala City, Guatemala

Post by Misha »

Thanks for coming back to read!! This is the last part I’m posting before returning to writing land. I’ll be back once I have three more parts or so :) At least this is a long chapter ;)


Oh, since this was brought twice -or thrice- about why Isabel can't dreamwalk Dave like she did with Pierce. Well, I tried to see a way of explaining it into the story, but that would probably happen eons from now, so I better explain it now. As I see it, Isabel was sort of dreamwalking Pierce, okay, but she wasn't mind reading him. Remember how Max was asking Pierce all those questions about Nasedo? I always saw that as an effort to make Pierce think on those things and those things alone, so Isabel could get a better chance into getting in Pierce's head. Because Pierce was focused in one thought, Isabel could get a glimpse of it.

But with Dave, he's thinking a million things while Isabel is trying to do the same. So, there's nothing "still" for Isabel to pick. Or that's how I see it, anyway... ;) That's why she's not getting any image from him.


sylvia37, I think I might lay down with the whole 8 year bit before someone strangles me or something... At least this time around I gave a glimpse of what will happen tomorrow :) Well, I've been writing this story for two years and seven months now... but hopefully it won't turn into eight years!!! :shock: I'm itching to write Max's interview as well!!

Timelord31, it might be stupid, but she's certain that Dave won't notice, so... why not? After all, how many people have noticed that she's dreamwalking them? In this case, she should try Jake... But now that she can't get into Dave, she has more worries than before.

DunkBiscuit, candy scenes are sooooooo hard to write for me... I once spent three weeks stuck with one!! So I'm glad Maria is coming out nicely ;)

tequathisy, good catch on the Pierce/Dave thing, though I have already explained how it worked for me, so that's why I didn't factor it now. Though I was never an Isabel/Jesse fan, I knew I could come up with something coherent for that relationship, and I was very glad with the result. It certainly wasn't easy, but at least now it doesn't seem as stupid as some people have said in the past.

Island Breeze, I liked too Maria's vision of the future. That was cute to think. Dave better start resolving these issues with Jake before things get out of control, indeed.

Luna_Seer, thanks for stopping by! I really try hard to keep all details in my mind so you guys get to see everyone's perspective on things :)

xmag, it took me a while to figure out Isabel's sudden love for Jesse as well, and I think I came up with a valid theory ;) You are right, Jesse was her normal :) Oh, something is definitely going to happen in 8 years, but not only to Max...

And if your question is not why Isabel can't dreamwalk Dave as she did Pierce, then the answer is because Dave is sleeping according to Berlin time, so he's asleep during the afternoons ;)

behrinthecity, yay! you catch up!! Kyle is worried on putting more pressure on the group, and Isabel wants to have something solid before telling a thing, but they should both come forward... they just don't see it that way... Thanks for the Isabel comment! I'm glad it worked out.

I always wonder how it must be to feel someone else's emotions... and I think I would get a headache too! And yes, yes, I'll slow down with the eight years thing... :oops: Dave being dead to the army is not even the beginning of it ;) (And, as a side note, I'm changing my tag line to your story for: KEEP HIM OUT OF THERE!!! :D )


Wow, that was long! Thank you all for taking the time to write all those wonderful comments! You really make me work hard to keep all details nice and in place! See ya soon!!




XXII
A Glimpse



“So, do we want to wonder why 8:30?” Maria said out loud as the group met in the hallway to go to the Gym. All except for Isabel, of course, whose meeting with Dave at 7:00 a.m. had been delayed an hour and a half. And all of them were wondering what it could mean.

Silence met Maria’s words for about five seconds before Kyle said, “Maybe he wanted to sleep more…”

“Well, yeah, he and I both,” Maria murmured, as Michael held her by the shoulder.

Isabel silently and bitterly laughed. If Dave was oversleeping, it would have been just her luck to miss him while attempting to dreamwalk him. But as they all started walking through the hallway, Isabel thought that she could use a little bit of sleep time herself.

“You all right?” Max asked her in a low whisper as they both fell behind in line. If she needed a little sleep time, Max needed a week of sleep time. He looked tired and a little weary but, as Isabel well knew, alien powers helped a ton in hiding the effects of long time-no-sleep.

“You didn’t sleep either?” she asked, raising an eyebrow to her brother.

“Too much on my mind…” he simply said, shrugging. “I’ll sleep once I’m sure things are going okay… especially tomorrow… with Maria’s present…” Max almost whispered to her, so Maria wouldn’t hear him.

Michael’s bomb yesterday about shattering Dave’s window had been heavy, but Dave’s idea of Maria’s present was another thing altogether… And Michael had been right to ponder for two days if the man was serious or not about that. The one thing that Michael had wanted, though, was that, if they were going to go through with it, to keep it a surprise to Maria. After all, it was the only big surprise he could really give her, and he was hoping that her day was going to be special… even if Dave’s interview was in the middle of it. Michael could tease and roll his eyes all he wanted at Max and his little surprises to Liz, but Michael could be just as cheesy as her brother if he really thought it was worth it.

That was why they were whispering. Michael had looked better than the Evans siblings because he had managed to sleep through most of the night. Getting out all those thoughts he had kept in his head the days before, and being too tired to keep worrying in his mind, Michael had been able to just rest. He was tense now, of course, but knowing that he would spend the entire day by Maria’s side had helped him a lot.

And Max was looking forward to spending the day with Liz too, Isabel bet. She longed for the days when she could spend entire days with Jesse… Stop it! She told herself. Stop it and get a grip on yourself. She was not going to drown in self-pity.

“So,” Max asked again, “are you okay?”

Isabel nodded, getting her confidence in check. She could do this, and she could do it right. In fact, she was going to be brilliant.

“I got it covered,” she said with a bright smile, one that made Max smile at her as well. Of course, I got it covered meant that she knew what Kyle, Michael and Liz had said, hadn’t said and how far she could go with her own stories. It was starting to be hard to keep track, but since Dave seemed to be interested in different aspects of their lives, it wasn’t that difficult. At least not yet… She wondered if her brother was going to be able to remember everything there was to remember by Saturday morning.

They arrived at the Gym just as Ray was arriving himself, a somewhat worried expression on his face as he walked, utterly lost in thought. It was then that he saw them walking toward him, and he rapidly let go of his worries and greeted them with a sincere smile. She somehow had gotten the impression from this man’s dreams that Ray wasn’t all that comfortable with them around… But yesterday’s talk about how to escape had seemed to spark Ray’s curiosity about how they could manage to just disappear.

Unfortunately, she was not going to be around to see if her instincts were right or not, because after saying good bye, she kept walking to the elevator that would take her up. Max had offered to walk her to that point when they were leaving the apartments sections, and Michael had offered later when they were saying good bye at the Gym –making Kyle complain that no one had offered to walk with him on Monday- but Isabel had told them both that she was perfectly fine by herself. She was a big girl and could do things on her own. If anything, they should be more worried about Dave’s safety than hers. And so, she left.

She walked the long, deserted corridors finding it odd that no sound would come out of that floor, as if she were expecting to hear the echoes her footsteps would make, or should make. This place gave her the creeps. It reminded her of Meta Chem with all those doors and corridors and floors, and with the knowledge that somewhere in that place someone knew about them. It truly gave her the creeps.

As usual, no one crossed her path, and all the doors opened when she stood in front of them, the ever present white card hanging from her neck. It all went uneventfully, except for the fact that she was mentally going over all her strategies again. To be careful with whatever it was that Dave wanted to know… and to be careful to ask what she wanted to know. But, for the most part, she was uncertain –curious, even- as to why had Dave taken an hour and a half out of their meeting. She wasn’t sure if that meant that she would get out an hour and a half later as well, but that she would get to know soon enough.

Because Liz had been warned the day before that she should bring a sweater, Isabel had decided to wear one too. She didn’t know what to expect from Dave, though, since his message to change the hour had been rather short: ”Change of hour: 8:30. Nothing else. No “bring a sweater”, no “sorry for the short notice”. Nothing more. It was rather rude too, had she been asked. But all these worries she left aside. If Dave was playing another kind of game with her, well, fine. Bring it on and all that.

She entered the elevator, waited as it went up, and four minutes later she got out and crossed the short hallway. So close and yet so far away, Isabel thought as she emerged into the living room where they had agreed to the deal. The door to the outside was there, and she was sure she could just walk out of here and spend a minute or two under the sun… But that would have to wait, because right now she was in no position to decide to go for a walk. For that matter, she wasn’t even dressed to go out for said walk. Not that her powers couldn’t arrange that, of course, but she let the idea go.

Instead, she took a minute or two to gather her thoughts, to remain calm and, taking one last deep breath, she went in. The door made no sound as it slid open into the carpeted room, the famous dark desk displaying Dave’s equally famous puzzle, with the white lamp on the ceiling, the numbers on the wall at her right, the cupboard at her left, and no Dave in sight.

Isabel froze, thinking for a second that she had gotten it all wrong. She checked her wrist watch: 8:26a.m., which made her frown. She was early, okay, but four minutes barely constituted too early.

As if answering her thoughts, Dave did appear in the room. He had been behind his desk and, as Isabel would see a second later, he had been picking up fallen pieces from the floor. His hand emerged first from behind, leaving four or five pieces, and Isabel took notice that Dave did take care with his appearance. His hand wasn’t exactly perfectly manicured, but it was close. Maybe he hasn’t had time to re-do them? Isabel wondered as Dave’s hand disappeared again behind the desk. It re-emerged a moment later, this time Dave’s head coming into view as well. She wondered too if he dyed his hair, because it was jet black with no hint of gray anywhere. His features weren’t too sharp or too soft, though they were finely shaped, his skin a tad dark, maybe a tan?

She couldn’t deny that Dave was handsome. She knew he had to be around 35 years old because he had told Liz that his friendship with Jake had been going on for 32, but if Isabel had been told that he was 30, she would have believed it. For just an instant, Dave saw her, and Isabel could have sworn that she saw apprehension in the man’s hazel eyes. But it was all too fast, as he lowered again behind the desk, telling Isabel to please come in.

“Sorry for the mess,” he said, getting up, still not quite looking at her, putting six pieces on the desk which he had been retrieving from the floor.

She now took notice that by her side, at her left corner, pieces were arranged in an odd way. The frame -that was completed in all other parts- was distorted, as if someone had sat on it, or passed an angry hand over it.

“I want to apologize for the sudden change of hour,” Dave started to say, signaling with his right hand that she should take a seat.

Isabel lost no time in changing into charming mode, and giving him a small smile –after all, she didn’t want to overdo it- she approached her seat. He returned a somewhat shy smile, but for one second Isabel noticed it was a perfect smile: all teeth in place, and very white too. A warm smile. No one would have believed that Dave’s father had been British if he had been judged by his overbite. No, by all means Dave had inherited his mother’s smile –who had been definitely and certainly not British- but this, of course, Isabel didn’t know. Now Dave was looking at her, whatever had caused him apprehension gone from his eyes.

“Something came up that I hadn’t foreseen,” he apologized, waiting for Isabel to sit before sitting himself. But before she took a seat, Isabel spotted one piece on the floor. “Oh, you missed one,” she said, as she bent to get the piece.

Of all the things she had thought she could say to learn something from this man, for all the hours she had been trying to dreamwalk him, it never occurred to her that she was going to get information by using another of her powers. It never occurred to her that she could get a flash by touching one of Dave’s puzzle pieces. But that was exactly what she got as she touched the piece, out of Dave’s sight, and definitely out of Dave’s knowledge.

It was Dave holding the piece then, as Jake was flipping pieces on the other side of the room, where Dave’s seat was, but Dave was not paying attention to any of Jake’s words. The room was much colder, and he felt his air being cut, that hideous wheezing coming out of his constricted throat. He was having an asthma attack, and God, how he hated that. He hated being sick, he hated knowing he was sick, so he had ignored all his symptoms all night long, as if ignoring them would make them disappear. The cold that had been invading his office since Michael had shattered his window was finally enough to make him have an attack though, so he stumbled into the desk’s corner, gasping for air, making all the pieces of the frame go flying everywhere. As Jake looked at him, both men locking onto each other’s eyes, Jake let go of his pieces in a rush to come to his aid.

“Where’s your inhaler?!” Jake asked, worried, his eyes wide, as Dave kept fighting to breathe.

“In… desk…” Dave finally was able to say, seeing Jake turn around and search all the compartments that Dave knew where there.

“Goddamn it David, you are supposed to have it with you all the time!” Jake desperately said, frantically searching for Dave’s spray, which would allow him to breathe. As Jake found it, Dave let go the piece he was holding in order to reach for the “goddamned medicine”, which was exactly his last thought before the flash faded as the piece hit the floor.


It didn’t take more than two seconds, but Isabel could feel the need for air herself. She didn’t have a sense of time right at that moment, just a sense of dread, of knowing how easily she could die. No, not she, how easily Dave could die. But hadn’t Jake called him David instead of Dave?

“Is something wrong?” Dave’s words came crashing into her musings, making her focus on where she was, still kneeling on the floor. She steadily stood up –not too slow, but not too fast either- and, as she put the piece over the desk, she just said, “I was looking to see if there were other pieces around.”

Dave smiled at her, a small but genuine smile of gratitude. “Well, thank you. It’s really awful to see one’s puzzle incomplete.”

“Sure,” she said, as she took her seat, nervously clasping her hands in her lap, where Dave wouldn’t be able to see them. But her mind was somewhere else. What had she seen exactly? That Dave was asthmatic? Did he want Max to heal him then? And why the change of names? Did it even matter since “Dave” from “David” wasn’t exactly a monumental change? And if he was asthmatic, then it would also mean that he was human, and not alien like she had been thinking the whole week… then, why couldn’t she dreamwalk—

“So,” Dave started, as silence was threatening to intrude, “what do you want me to tell you first?”

She frowned. “What do you mean?” she asked, momentarily forgetting her flash, her voice not betraying the fact that she was so nervous at all the possibilities that Dave’s question implied.

“Well, you know I hold some of the answers to questions that have been rounding your mind for the past seven months. I know you want those answers just as badly as I want mine… Maybe even more.”

She clasped her hands harder. What was Dave playing here? An exchange of knowledge? She just stared at him, afraid of finding answers she didn’t want to hear, afraid of saying one wrong word to this man. She let go of the flash she had just gotten and focused on remembering everything she had to remember. That flash was irrelevant right now. She would get to discuss it later with everyone else.

“So, what do you want to know?” Dave pressed. Maybe he sensed that she didn’t want to talk at all. And then, she thought better of it… Maybe she could turn the tables for once.

“What do you want from us?” Well, if Dave wanted questions, she could think of a few she really needed some answers to, and that didn’t involve her family.

For a whole minute Dave just stared at her, hardly blinking, hardly breathing, hardly even moving, just thinking. He put his left hand over his mouth, leaning over the chair’s arm, in a gesture that reflected that he was carefully analyzing the situation. Finally, he spoke at length.

“Do you guys have some sort of poll or bet going on about if I’m going to change what I’ve already told Kyle, Michael and Liz? Because frankly, I’m finding it difficult to say the same thing over and over again with different words.”

Isabel pressed her lips hard, not letting a word out. She clasped her hands tightly too. She was not going to fall into this man’s verbal traps. Dave sighed, this time leaning back against his chair, his eyes still thoughtful.

“Isabel Amanda Evans,” he started, as if he were reading out loud, “found by Philip and Diane Evans by the side of the road at –presumably- age 6 with another boy. She has no recollection of her past, nor did she know how to talk, or behave like any other 6-year-old would. Neither did the boy.”

Isabel swallowed hard. She didn’t like where this was going.

“They are both adopted as brother and sister, though no one can tell if that’s their true relationship. They catch up sooner than everyone expected, though, as they start talking, start playing. A year after, pretty much everyone has forgotten their strange origins and the fact that they didn’t know a thing about the world.” Dave’s voice was even, not too high, or too low. But it felt cold, emotionless. He was definitely reciting to her what she would bet was her “file”.

“As she grows up, she fits perfectly well into school. Makes friends easily. As soon as she’s old enough, she starts helping at the nursing home. Christmas is actually the best time of the year to find her doing community service, although many of these activities are not common knowledge.”

He didn’t look at her as he was talking. He didn’t seem to care if she was there or not. And she didn’t want to keep hearing Dave’s cold account of events, account of her life, not in that way, but she couldn’t think of anything to shut the man off. She diverted her eyes to the puzzle in front, and suddenly had the urge to blow it up. But she was not going to let Dave intimidate her.

“By the time she enters High School, she’s among the most popular girls, even for a freshman. Has a natural talent for literature, very high verbal aptitudes, though she declines to participate in the theater club. She might act as if she doesn’t care about anything other than being fashionable, nevertheless, she actually has a startling good record in all her subjects, including math, even if she has complained of an inability to understand the subject.”

Her eyes left the puzzle, and turned to the window behind Dave, where snow was falling. The room wasn’t as cold as it had been in her flash, and that was because the window Michael had shattered was covered with a transparent plastic or something like that. She could so easily picture Michael shattering the whole thing, because she herself was imagining it very clearly in her mind. Get a grip on yourself, Isabel thought for a moment, he’s just saying what you already know. But it still felt very uncomfortable to know how someone could have her life on file. Just like that, so impersonal.

“As a testimony to her good school records, she graduates one year early. And against all odds, she marries Jesse Ramirez barely a year afterwards.”

Silence. There it was, her husband’s name. Dave was bringing Jesse up, but she was so unsure of how things would go. Isabel's eyes met with Dave's, still not saying a word.

“What is missing from there?” he suddenly asked, losing that thoughtful veil that had settled on his eyes as he had been telling her a very brief –and highly edited- summary of her life. Yet, Isabel remained silent.

“What is missing,” Dave continued as he knew that she wouldn’t answer him, “is everything that matters. That’s what I want from you. To fill in the blanks of all these files and research and information. Why did you marry Jesse so soon? And how did he find out? What did you tell your parents? Why would you—”

“Why do you care so much about our lives?” Isabel boldly asked, cutting Dave off mid-sentence, her voice coming icily, giving Dave an idea of why she had been called The Ice Princess not so long ago.

“At the risk of losing all my windows,” Dave said after considering his answer, “before you agreed to marry Jesse, did you check on him? Make sure he wasn’t an FBI agent? Make sure he was who you wanted him to be?” She didn’t nod. She couldn’t. Of course she had done more than just “check” on him… And then Max had taken the checking just a little too far, even dragging Michael into it. But no, she was not going to say that now.

“Exactly,” Dave said as if reading her mind. “You needed to fill in the blanks of everything you didn’t know about him. That’s why I need to fill in the blanks too. To get to know you. To know what to expect. To know how to prevent my windows from being shattered, or to make sure Jake’s office doesn’t end up in a million pieces.”

It had been meant as a joke, but Isabel could easily read the unspoken message about the fact that Dave knew how dangerous they could really be if they wanted to. Or, like in Max’s case, how dangerous they could be if they lost control. That was still such an odd statement. Max just didn’t lose control. She shook the thought off. She also got the impression that Dave wasn’t too happy about it. Like he was warning her that these things were highly important and would not –or should not- happen at all.

“Shouldn’t you have made sure of all that before bringing us here?”

Dave let go a small smile. “When you married Jesse, had you finished all your check ups? Did you know everything there was to know about him? Had you even imagined how Jesse would take the truth about you?”

“This is so unfair,” Isabel whispered, but she held her gaze to Dave’s eyes. He lost his smile, a little bit uncertain of what she had said, and his expression turned serious. “You cannot compare my love with Jesse to what you are doing to us. We are just a project to you, whatever that means.”

“I am not comparing your feelings, just the fact that you needed to know then, just like I need to know now, to be on the safe side of things,” Dave calmly pointed out.

“As if you really care about that,” Isabel stated. “You keep playing with us, with what we want, and what we feel, and for what? So you can say ‘I know you’? What do you know about our feelings to begin with… And why would you care about them?” she said, reproachfully.

Dave kept silent, staring at her but not really seeing her, as if he were absent or something, lost somewhere in his mind.

“Jesse is fine,” he finally said, all his attention back to her. Isabel could feel her heart racing in her chest. Dave had just completely changed the subject, but she didn’t care. This was it. This was exactly what she had been wanting –and dreading- to hear for so long now. And Dave was just about to tell her, whether she liked it or not, how things had been for her husband since the moment she had let him go.


* * *


Patterns. Isabel was wearing a damned sweater with a damned pattern on it, and it had driven him nuts for the first six seconds when he had seen her standing in front of the door. Dave had practically ducked behind his desk to get his thoughts straight and let the pattern go. Usually, he didn’t have problems with patterns on things, was used to dismissing them, but his mind wasn’t totally clear this morning. So, the problem with Isabel wearing a pattern was that he had lost his train of thought for a minute or two, which had made him start the wrong way. And now he was rushing into things, Dave knew, but just as he had thought before, he was walking a very thin line right now, patterns or no patterns.

Dave’s strategy to get these kids talking had been to ask –or do- unexpected things first. The puzzle had worked with Kyle. Asking Michael how he had been convinced had started out well, until all had gone to hell five minutes later… And the diamond that was a key to who knew what had worked with Liz.

But this time around, Dave had miscalculated. He had been counting so intently on Isabel wanting to know about her parents or Jesse that he hadn’t been prepared for Isabel’s first question: What did he want from them? It wasn’t that by now the question was getting old –which had triggered his brief sarcastic comment about the poll- but because it meant that they weren’t buying his explanation at all.

It hadn’t been that he was expecting them to fully believe it, it was that he hadn’t thought they would all ask it, time and again. He couldn’t change the version now, so he had to come up with creative ways of it sounding even more plausible than he had first thought it sounded.

But Isabel was not falling for it, so he had just pretty much jumped two hours ahead of what he had planned, and decided to tell her about Jesse. It was risky at this point of their conversation, especially because it made him give the advantage to her. All the same, he had to change subjects now, to divert her attention for a little time from why he wanted them here, and why he was so interested in their relationships, so he could retake the subject again on his own terms later on. Besides, bringing Jesse into the conversation was a card he had to play to earn her trust, which had been exactly what he had decided last night, he reminded himself, so it couldn’t be a bad move.

“Where is he?” Isabel asked as Dave was contemplating where exactly to begin.

“Right this moment he should be stuck in New York’s JFK airport because all flights were cancelled due to a snow storm.”

“You are watching him,” Isabel stated, not afraid, and certainly not surprised.

“Yes and no,” Dave answered, moving his eyes a little to her right. “He works for one of my companies. That’s why I know he’s stuck there. That’s why I get to know where he is all the time. He’s a damned good lawyer, you know.”

“He works for you?” Isabel asked, frowning. This time she was unsure if she liked what she was hearing or not.

“Not directly. You see, when you guys left Roswell, Jesse left an hour later. He barely made it out of New Mexico with all the chaos that followed your departure. The Special Unit thought he was traveling with you, so by the time they figured out he wasn’t, he was already taking a cab outside Boston’s airport.”

“Boston?” Isabel asked, a little surprised. Though Dave didn’t know, Isabel had always assumed that Jesse hadn’t gone through with their original plan. How could he? How could Jesse have done that with all that was happening and the FBI?

“Boston,” Dave repeated, “he has really good friends there. Within a week, Jesse had a new last name, new social security number, new life.”

“So he moved on…” Isabel said, whispered really, her eyes taking a downcast look.

“He disappeared,” Dave corrected her. “It took me some time to find him, to tell you the truth. He certainly does know how to manage the trick of becoming someone else.”

“But you found him all the same,” Isabel’s eyes met with his. He gave her a very small half smile.

“I seem to have a talent for finding people, yes,” he tried to joke, more out of habit than to ease his guest, which only earned him a subtle glare. “He needed a job, I needed to keep him in my sight,” he rapidly continued, so Isabel wouldn’t think he was disrespecting her feelings or anything. Gosh, dealing with women could turn out to be so complicated.

“How long has he been working for you?” Isabel asked. Now that they were on the subject, she certainly wasn’t going to drop it.

“Five months and 18 days,” he said, smiling. He knew people found it annoying that he could say hours and minutes too, -not to mention seconds- so he had made a point about twenty-two years ago to stop saying that except if Jake was the only one around. Sometimes he let it slip with Ray too, but just sometimes.

Twenty-two years, three months, seven hours, twenty-four minutes, and ten seconds ago to be precise… eleven… twelve… he shook the thought. This was not the moment to keep that in his conscious mind.

“Five months…” Isabel repeated. They had been on the run for seven, Dave knew.

Seven months, four days—stop it! He only got carried away like that when his focus wasn’t on what it was supposed to be. He was having more than a little trouble concentrating now because he had other things on his mind. Jake had almost fulminated him with his eyes when Dave had said that he wasn’t going to cancel his meeting with Isabel for a stupid asthma attack.

“You can’t risk your health over something like this!” Jake had all but shouted to him at the infirmary, as Dave was trying to regain control over his lungs, his second asthma attack in less than half an hour barely receding now.

Oh, he would risk more than his health over something like this, Dave quietly thought. But his concentration was divided between what had happened and what was happening. Asthma attacks always left his mind fuzzy. That was why Isabel’s sweater had distracted him so much to begin with. He focused on the subject at hand, the count getting seemingly lost at the back of his mind.

“He was searching for a job, but his options were very limited,” Dave kept telling Isabel about Jesse, about why her husband had ended up working for him. “When he was hired, he was told that a friend of a friend had recommended him. He thought his friends had gone way too far in helping him, but accepted. He was suspicious, though, that much I can tell you.”

“But he’s fine now… he has a job… he’s living again…” Isabel said out loud, though to Dave it was obvious she was talking entirely to herself.

“He’s never stopped being cautious,” Dave continued. There was something Isabel was missing from the entire picture, though. The thing that would matter to her the most.

“He knows you are watching him?” she asked, concerned.

“If he knows, my crew would be out of business,” Dave said with the smallest of smiles. “No, he knows that the FBI can find him. But Isabel, in all those five months and eighteen days, he has always shown up to work wearing his wedding ring.” Isabel’s eyes grew slightly round, but as hard as she tried to pretend this was something that didn’t affect her, her expression betrayed her by showing surprise, even a hint of happiness.

“He’s fine. You are making sure he’s fine, right?” Isabel said, trying to divert the subject from what it probably meant that Jesse was still wearing his wedding ring. That he still thought of her as his wife.

“He’s a really good lawyer, Isabel. Even if he wasn’t included in your deal, I would still keep him. Even if he moved from this company, I would make sure he landed in another one of mine. I don’t like to see people like him go.”

Dave meant that. He had known that Jesse was good at what he did, but he hadn’t known how good. A small practice in Roswell, New Mexico was hardly a challenge for someone of Jesse’s talents. But in the big, bad world, Jesse had proven to have a shark’s instincts for finding his way through the legal system. And he had only been working for his company less than half a year.

“But when we decide to leave, you’ll leave him alone too, that’s how this deal works, right?” Isabel cautiously asked. She had a point there. She wasn’t talking about if they broke the contract, which would mean Dave would just vanish, leaving Jesse very alone. No, she was talking about when they finally left this place the right way. She still was lacking a little detail that was mighty relevant here, though. Dave smiled.

“Of course. But you know Isabel, I can bring him here too. In fact, I think he should be here.”

“What do you mean?” Isabel’s voice sounded calm, if cautious, her expression neutral now, though Dave knew she wasn’t certain how to take this news, what to make of his words.

“Well, Max has Liz, Michael has Maria… I can’t help Kyle in this department, but… part of a ‘normal’ life is to have your husband with you.”

“No,” Isabel coldly answered. “I will not drag Jesse into this again.”

“‘Drag’ might be a little bit of a stretch,” Dave said slowly. “You should give him the choice of being back with you or not. That’s what marriages are for, right? You decide as a couple?”

“Don’t play with my feelings for Jesse. Hell, don’t even try to use him like this,” Isabel said, barely under control. He was losing his advantage here, and he knew it. How had he miscalculated so damned much? Numbers started to intrude on his mind. He pushed them back. Maybe Jake had been right, he should have re-scheduled this whole thing for a day later, and not just an hour and a half later.

“You talk about couples, when I bet you don’t even know what family is!” Isabel ended, not exactly losing it, but Dave could almost feel his windows trembling behind him all the same. She had bottled up way too much for way too long, and now he had just taken the wrong approach.

“You don’t have to decide right this moment,” Dave firmly said, cutting all emotional tones from his voice, all serious now. It would make Isabel lose her emotional tone as well -he hoped- and he needed to regain some neutral terrain here. For all it had been worth, he now had to start his approach all over again. “You can choose to not ever contact him, or five years from now you can ask me where he is and I will tell you. But I’m serious about this. He’ll be a lot safer down here with you than looking over his shoulder every two minutes, wondering if you are alive or not. He’s living in his own hell, and you know that.”

“What do you know about what we are living through…” Isabel said losing her temper, shaking her head a little, her eyes on his puzzle, though she wasn’t really looking at anything at all.

“I know you are still wearing your wedding ring too. And I know you haven’t contacted him. It doesn’t take a genius to know you two are going through similar experiences.” Dave answered, avoiding the fact that, since he wasn’t married, he couldn’t really know what kind of hell they were going through.

Now that he was thinking about it, not even in his make-believe life he had told Jake about had he chosen to be married…

“What… why do you want Jesse here?” Isabel asked, regaining her glacial stare, though her eyes were still betraying her a little. She wanted to know so badly about anything and everything Jesse had done. It didn’t take a genius to know that either.

“Because it’s part of my side of the deal,” Dave explained. Lifting his left hand to his chin, he contemplated Isabel for a couple of seconds. “It’s like… you go to Jake’s lab, but you also do that on time. You are polite with him. You are polite with the people around you. That’s not in the deal, but you do so because it makes things easier. It is not implied, but you still do it,” he said with a small smile. “I, on the other hand, don’t want Jesse here, but I know it would make things easier for you, and probably for him too.”

Isabel shook her head no. She was not going to accept what he was saying, but all the same, it wasn’t as if he was going to bring Jesse here against her or Jesse’s will. Jesse was not part of his plan in the great scheme of things, but he was an important detail that had to be addressed.

“I guess you can say it’s the polite thing to do, to give you the choice.” Isabel didn’t say anything to him, and Dave guessed that it was because she didn’t know if he was being honest or not. Or maybe she didn’t want to face the option of bringing her husband back into her life... He shrugged to dismiss the subject.

“It’s up to you. Whenever you want to let him know you are okay, you can call him.”

“Just like that? No secret passwords or arranged times?” Isabel said with no little sarcasm. Though Dave would always love a sarcasm game, he let it go. This was not the person, and definitely not the time, to do so.

“Just like that. Jesse’s number has already been cleared by the Network Keepers. You can reach him whenever you want. But,” Dave emphatically said, “if and when you decide to contact him, don’t tell him too many details about this place. If he wants to come, we’ll arrange it. But if you are not thinking along those lines, be very careful with what you say to him.”

“You make it sound so simple,” Isabel barely said out loud. No, that was exactly why he hadn’t seen himself married in that make-believe life: Love was anything but simple. And the proof of that was staring right at him, probably trying to decide if calling her loved one meant lifting an overwhelming weight from Jesse’s shoulders, or just ruining his life.


* * *


“She’s getting really good at that,” Max commented as he and Michael watched Maria exercise with the punching bag, a thin layer of sweat covering her forehead, all her concentration pinned on keeping her rhythm as Ray had told her earlier that morning. She truly seemed to be enjoying taking out all her energy on the poor thing.

It was around 9:30 a.m. now and things at the Gym had gone pretty smoothly. Kyle had gone with Liz to find some sodas as Max and Michael were taking a break after having finished the first part of Ray’s routine, and gosh, they were so out of shape. He couldn’t remember feeling like that since he had started exercising ages ago back in Roswell. Now he knew what Liz had been complaining about, he just couldn’t understand why she wouldn’t let him heal her sore muscles away. Ray had gone to talk to some other guys, and so now they –Max and Michael- were alone, watching Maria some 20 feet away taking out all her energy on the punching bag. And she was definitely getting good at that.

Still, Max had mixed feelings about everything that was happening today. Part of him was anxious about his sister up there with Dave, though he knew that Isabel was perfectly capable of defending herself, both physically and verbally. And part of him was glad he wasn’t at the lab, trying to decide if Jake was really trying to make things work for them, or if he was working on some dark plan along with Dave. But most of all, he was relieved to be with the other four members of his group. In one word, he felt in control. Or at least in more control than he had felt in the past six days.

“Hmm,” was all Michael’s response as he kept watching Maria punching her frustration out. “She’s been quiet lately too,” he added, his eyes still pinned on her.

Yes, she has, Max silently thought. With Maria, there were two ways of knowing something was bothering her: She said so to your face, or she went quiet. He definitely preferred the former and not the latter. And he didn’t have to ask Michael to know he was thinking along the same lines. When Maria went silent, it didn’t mean good things.

“Maybe she’s worried about tomorrow’s interview,” Max offered. At least he was thankful Dave’s idea of Maria’s present involved having Michael occupied with something. With a little luck, that something would last all morning long. Otherwise, Michael was going to be worse than twelve lions pacing back and forth in a small cage.

“Maybe…” Michael somehow agreed, though he didn’t sound as if he were entirely certain that was the reason. Honestly, Max would have bet that Maria was worried about Michael more than her own interview, but that would be the last thing Michael would have wanted to know. Or more likely, wanted to hear out loud.

Maria had been quiet the day before, and that was why Liz had suggested that she and Maria have a talk while the aliens regrouped on what was going on with Jake and the lab. His wife hadn’t said much about what they had talked about though, “girl talk” or something was all that Liz had said, and so he hadn’t asked any more. But Maria was quiet today too.

“Isabel’s been quiet as well…” Michael said, opening his second bottle of water. Now, this Max had noticed for more than just a day. She had been quiet all week long. “And I’m not sure if it was all because of her interview today,” Michael added before taking a good long drink.

“We all have a lot on our minds,” Max said, though he wasn’t so sure if he wanted to know what Michael was suspecting. Because if Isabel was worried about something she had gotten to know, let’s say, by dreamwalking, Max knew she would have told them. Still, something was bothering his sister too.

“Yeah…” Michael simply said. Max guessed that Michael only wanted him to know something along the lines of “I’ve noticed, have you?” and therefore they both would be more alert. “She’ll have a lot more on her mind after this day is over,” Michael ended, as he took another long drink.

Jesse. That was what his sister would have on her mind, had had on her mind actually, all this time. He had wondered too sometimes what had become of his brother-in-law. If Liz hadn’t had powers and had stayed behind, Max didn’t know what he would have done. Though he hadn’t really understood –and didn’t understand right to that moment- why Isabel had told Jesse to not come with them, he had accepted his sister’s choice. He had never asked Isabel why she had done it. If she wanted to talk about Jesse, he would listen, but that was as far as he would go concerning that. He didn’t want to upset her, especially when his wife was traveling with him. He wondered for a moment how things would have been if Jesse were there… or if Jesse would have accepted this deal or not.

His thoughts were interrupted when Michael lightly punched him in the ribs to get his attention. It took him a second, but then he followed Michael’s line of sight to find someone staring at them: A slender young man, with green eyes and very pale skin. But what really gave him away was the “Hackers are the true rulers of the world” t-shirt he was wearing. Kyle had described to them this stranger that had appeared in his apartment on Sunday morning in enough detail to have no doubt who was the tall and slightly older guy who was standing barely ten feet away from them now: Jeremy.

Network Keeper Jeremy, to be exact. The same one who was intrigued beyond doubt about why they knew Dave. Max could feel Michael tensing at his side, and for one instant Max wasn’t sure if he wanted to meet this Jeremy or not. Not when they were still so unsure of so many things.

But regardless of Max’s indecision, Jeremy glanced sideways a couple of times, as if making sure no one was within earshot, and casually walked towards them.

“Hey,” Jeremy said nonchalantly.

“Hey,” Michael answered back, with the same tone. Jeremy turned around and leaned over the same counter they were, a small wall that divided the machine section from the boxing section, leaving Michael in the middle of Jeremy and Max. Michael gave him a warning look when he noticed that Jeremy was looking at Maria. But Jeremy hadn’t really been paying attention to Maria, Max knew, because he was way too eager to talk. He was just looking in Maria’s direction. Jeremy was waiting for something to happen. And, honestly, so were they.

Finally, Jeremy leaned over in a conspiratorial way, his green eyes still on the same point, probably on the far wall.

“I know the truth about you,” he said with pride.

What? Max looked at him, barely keeping his expression serious, his mouth shut. Rule number one when you have a secret and someone says they know what that secret is: Never assume they actually know it.

“The truth about us?” he asked, trying to sound casual, as if whatever the answer were, he couldn’t care less. Michael turned to look at Jeremy as well, but slowly returned to watch as Maria was taking a short break. He sipped from his bottle as if he weren’t at all interested in what was going on between Max and Jeremy.

“Yeah, you don’t have to pretend...” Jeremy lowered his voice even more, and this time he did turn to look at Max, “I know that you are Messengers.”

“Messengers?” Michael asked with a confused look, no longer feigning indifference. “What the hell do we look like?”

“You look like Messengers,” Jeremy answered still with a glowing pride, still in that low tone. “You know, Dave’s Messengers. I never thought I would meet one, though… they are believed to be so… elusive…”

“Wait a second,” Max said, now really interested. “What exactly is a Messenger?” he asked, frowning. Conspiracy theories or no conspiracy theories, Max –and Michael- wouldn’t miss anything this guy, this Network Keeper, had to say.

“Oh, come on!” Jeremy exclaimed, all his secrecy going down the sewer for an instant. “You know…” he said a second later, more calm now, lowering his voice again, “the ones that are in direct contact with Dave. The ones who know the secret projects, the bringers of news…”

“You mean some sort of spies?” Michael said, narrowing his eyes. Some 20 feet away, Maria resumed her punching.

“You tell me,” Jeremy said, with the hugest smile Max had ever seen on anyone. “What do you do?”

“Why do you think we are Messengers?” Max asked, now more than just intrigued. How many things were in Dave’s universe, for Pete’s sake?

Jeremy lost the smile, and stared at them as if he were measuring something. His expression changed from one of perfect triumph to one of cautiousness.

“White Cards? Common names? Young faces? Level Six is written all over you…”

“You mean that everyone who has a White Card is a Messenger?” Max resumed for Jeremy. It didn’t really make sense, but then again, what did he know about Messengers to begin with?

“Don’t turn my words around,” Jeremy said, slightly exasperated now. “I’ve been trying to figure you guys out the whole week. You just dropped out of nowhere, and you do know each other. It’s not like all the other groups, who were practically strangers among themselves. You are even married!” Jeremy whispered in a harsh tone, his eyes accusingly on Max’s wedding ring, but he also stopped in the middle of his rage. “Messengers marry?” he said, more to himself than to Michael and Max.

Michael turned a somewhat worried and confused look to Max, who barely shrugged in response. For one instant, Max thought about what Dave had told Liz about the Network Keepers and the whole The Matrix thing. Maybe Jeremy was a little too over the edge.

“It doesn’t matter,” Jeremy said, getting out of his thoughts, “I’m damn sure that you are what I say you are,” he dramatically said, emphasizing his words with his index finger pointing to the floor.

“Don’t be stupid, we aren’t!” Michael said, finally losing his temper. Jeremy looked at him with hurt eyes, looking oddly enough younger than they were. “But what else can you tell us about these Messengers?” Michael continued, ignoring Jeremy’s expression. Uncharacteristically though, Jeremy kept quiet this time.

Max glanced at Michael once more and then turned to look at Jeremy. “We are sort of into finding what’s up with Dave too,” Max quietly told the Network Keeper. “Yes, we have Level Six passes, but it doesn’t mean we… know things.”

Jeremy’s eyes lit up this time. “What are you doing on a Level Six project?” he excitedly asked, the Messengers apparently forgotten. Maybe Jeremy was just fishing for some answers, Max thought, making him feel uncomfortable around this guy.

“We work at genetics,” Michael said frowning, as if it were obvious. Probably Michael didn’t like where Jeremy was going either, and had followed Dave’s advice about saying just that when asked what they did on the complex. But Jeremy’s eyes didn’t unglue from them. Clearly, he was waiting on them to elaborate. “It’s boring stuff,” Michael curtly said.

The Network Keeper narrowed his eyes. For a whole minute none of them said a thing. “What do you know about Dave?” Jeremy finally asked, intrigued.

“That no matter what we say it will contradict something someone else has said,” Michael accurately answered, making Max realize how good Michael’s instincts and appreciations of Dave’s tactics were. Michael had summed up their situation pretty well concerning what they had gathered so far about how Dave handled his “anonymous” status.

Jeremy nodded in agreement as well. “Yes, yes, you are right. I think the same thing. He leaves pieces here and there that contradict each other. That makes us, Network Keepers, keep chasing shadows… Anything is possible with him…” Jeremy ended with admiration. Yep, the Matrix thing was written all over this guy’s face..

“Like you would believe Dave is putting a 15,000 piece puzzle together right over your head,” Michael sarcastically said. But Jeremy was no longer looking at him, his eyes lost in space, in Maria’s direction again, which made Michael scowl at him again for looking in his girl’s direction.

“What about Messengers?” Max asked, trying to get the conversation back to their first subject. He was sure they were going to get nowhere with the whole Dave discussion right now, but Messengers was a term that they had never heard before. Somehow, it sounded important.

“What about them?” Jeremy asked, shaking his head a little.

“Why was it so important to you that we were?”

“Because Network Keepers are here, when Messengers are out there…” Jeremy said, his eyes still lost in thought, but as he was speaking he turned to look at Max. “Messengers know things that no one else gets to know… Imagine if you and I could work together… we would get to know Dave…”

If we were Messengers,” Michael corrected him, raising his right eyebrow.

“…Between what you know and what we know,” Jeremy continued as if Michael hadn’t said a thing, “we could decipher his plans. We would make a wonderful team,” Jeremy ended, glowing again with pride.

“You seem so sure of that,” Michael said, crossing his arms in front of his chest, a little bit annoyed that Jeremy just wouldn’t let it go.

“Come on! Messengers gather information from out there. Network Keepers gather information from within. Dave can’t elude us forever!”

“If your plan is so brilliant why haven’t you contacted any other Messenger by now?” Michael asked, his arms still crossed.

“Because you are so freakin’ impossible to find!” Jeremy said exasperated since it was so “freakin’” obvious what he had just said. Max and Michael remained silent, staring at him. Frankly, Jeremy looked a little bit over the edge right now. He must have sensed this because, taking a deep breath and calming himself, he continued, “Okay, have it your way. You’re not Messengers, fine. But whenever you want to… ‘compare notes’, I’ll be there… I’ve been following his tracks for six years now, I can wait a little longer.”

So Jeremy turned around and walked away as quietly as he had approached them, Michael and Max staring at his back.

“That was weird…” Michael muttered, still watching in the direction Jeremy had gone.

Messengers, Max was thinking now. Was Ray one? He suddenly wondered, or had he been one? Or had the people who had watched them been ones? And were Messengers as obsessed with finding out about Dave as Network Keepers were? Well, as Jeremy had said, Messengers were out there, not in here, so it was probably going to be impossible to get to talk to one, let alone get any information about Dave.

“What do you think you have to do to be a Messenger?” Michael asked out of the blue, opening his third bottle of water, his eyes returning to Maria. In a couple of minutes he would walk to her and help her with the punching bag. But in that instant Max turned to look at Michael. First, he had said he would go and see what the Network Keepers could tell him, and now Messengers? Michael was very serious about finding out about Dave, that was for sure.

“Whatever it is,” Max answered, opening the last bottle of water they had, “I guess it can’t be easy.” And for a long time, for reasons Max could never put his finger on, he kept wondering about that question: What do you think you have to do to be a Messenger?


TBC…
"There's addiction, and there's Roswell!"
User avatar
Misha
Addicted Roswellian
Posts: 425
Joined: Thu Jun 20, 2002 10:44 am
Location: Guatemala City, Guatemala

Post by Misha »

Thanks for coming back to read!!

I know I said I was going to take some time before coming to post, but I think that Isabel’s interview should be posted complete… Now, I can’t promise I’ll have the end of her interview by next week… nope, that’s not gonna happen, but at least it won’t feel so… cut or something…


DunkBiscuit, :lol: Yeah, I do intend to update! I can't write as fast as I would want to, but even if it is only at a snail pace, there I go ;) Besides, when I'm stuck with a scene, I just start writing future ones :D

You know, Max's thought about the fact that he never understood why Isabel left Jesse behind is exactly what I think: I don't really understand it either... but okay...


Hope you guys like it!



XXIII
Caution



“So, spill,” Kyle said as soon as the two of them left the Gym in search for beverages. Liz gave him a sideways glance which was a dead giveaway that there was something actually qualifying as spill-like.

“Come on,” Kyle continued as Liz kept silent and didn't look at him, “I know there’s something. Why else would you ask me to go with you to the Cafeteria instead of Evans?”

“Kyle, technically, I’m an ‘Evans’ too…” Liz said, still avoiding his eyes. Something was definitely eating the girl up.

“Which only furthers my point. Mrs. Evans not asking Mr. Evans…? So, what’s up?”

Liz chewed her lower lip. “It’s nothing…” she said. Kyle just arched his left eyebrow as they both entered the surprisingly full Cafeteria.

“You ever seen so many people in here?” Kyle asked, as he looked at his watch: 9:45 a.m.

“Maybe today there’s some special event or something?” Liz wondered out loud, almost as if she were interested. Almost. Kyle noted that her attention wasn’t all that much on their surroundings. Her eyes seemed lost in space. Well, whatever was going on in the Cafeteria, they would surely get to know sooner or later. He focused his attention on Liz again.

“Is there something wrong?” Kyle asked, knowing that Liz’s look only meant she was trying extra hard to get to know what was going on in Max’s side. Liz sighed in frustration.

“I mean,” Kyle said to ease his friend’s tension, “if you are worried that those two blondes were checking out your husband, I gotta tell you Liz, they were. I was checking them out to.”

For a moment, it seemed to work. Liz turned to look at Kyle, a little surprised. Then, letting go the smallest of laughs and shaking her head a little, she said to Kyle, “No, it’s nothing like that…”

They both headed towards the ever present buffet that was in the middle of the room against the left wall. The place could comfortably hold 350 people inside, and there seemed to be around 400. For the first time they had been in this place, they felt crowded. People were chatting animatedly around tables in more accents than they had ever heard. Though everyone was speaking English.

“It’s just that this morning,” Liz started to say as they neared the drinks and sodas, “there was something odd with Max’s connection.”

“Odd?” Kyle asked, frowning. “What do you mean ‘odd’?”

“I don’t know… like it was… low. But that feeling faded away and things got back to normal. So I was trying to see how would it feel if I was away from Max.”

“And?” Kyle urged Liz. This was serious trouble. If Liz lost her connection to Max it wouldn’t be good news.

“Well,” Liz said, wrinkling her nose slightly, “it’s still a bit off, but nothing near what it was this morning. I think it’s getting back to normal…”

“What did Max say?” Kyle questioned as he took two Peach Snapples and was searching for another flavor.

“He hasn’t said anything,” Liz answered getting two bottles of water. “And I don’t know if it is because he doesn’t want to worry me or because he isn’t feeling anything unusual to begin with…”

Kyle was trying to act normal, but inside he was afraid. If Liz was losing the ability to feel Max, did it mean that her powers would completely wear off? Would he himself go into some sort of peak or upper limit and then nothing? Was this even healthy? Was this even “change” related to begin with? Because Maria didn’t have trouble feeling Michael when he let her feel him, and the girl hadn’t been changed, so...

“What about your dreams? Anything unusual there?” he said as he balanced three Snapples on his left arm while searching for a fourth bottle. There were too many flavors to choose from. There were too many complications coming his way too, he reflected gloomily to himself.

Liz shook her head. She stopped looking for another drink and turned to look at Kyle. For the first time, he saw fear in those beautiful chocolate eyes.

“Why was it low?” She asked him as if he knew and he just didn’t want to tell her.

“Why do you think it was low?” Kyle answered. Liz needed her logic back, to think things through. On rare moments like this, when she was scared –especially when she was scared for Max- someone had to ask her what she needed to see. For some reason, the fact that she had to answer to someone else other than herself made her “see the light”. She bit her lower lip.

“He’s not sleeping well…” Liz said barely over a whisper.

“So, it’s stress then,” Kyle said, smiling to comfort Liz. But Liz still seemed unsure.

“He’s been stressed before and it’s never affected our connection…”

“He’s never been as stressed as he is now,” Kyle pointed out. Heck, Max had never lost control over his powers before now either, he silently thought. Liz still looked unconvinced. “Okay, how about you?” Kyle asked her, “couldn’t it be that you are stressed? That you might be the reason you’re feeling it low?” It took Liz by surprise; Kyle knew it by the way her eyes totally focused on him. The girl was definitely back and had let her connection go, if only for a few seconds.

“I… I don’t know… I guess it could be…” Liz stammered a little, contemplating the idea. “Maybe it’s just both of us,” Liz sighed, a little bit frustrated.

“Okay… But now it’s fine, right? Your connection?” Kyle asked her again, this time his voice sounding unsure. Liz nodded, her thoughts back on that place where she could feel her husband. “Good,” Kyle said turning around and heading for the exit.

“Oh, Kyle!” Liz said as she noticed that Kyle was starting to leave, “we still have something else to discuss. You know, Maria’s present,” Liz said, smiling at him. For three weeks they had both worked so hard on getting Maria the right present–after all, Christmas had just passed- and then, bam! The Special Unit had crashed on them and their lovely present had been forgotten along with half their possessions.

“I was starting to imagine you were going to leave me out of the loop,” Kyle said with a smile. It was easier to share one big present than to go hunting for a small one himself. He had always sucked at that… Meaningful stuff was just not his department… And Liz didn’t mind sharing the credit, though Kyle suspected Liz had another present in her pocket. Well, at least Liz did know what Maria would like, so…

“Well, funny that you mention it… because it’s actually about Michael’s present,” Liz said, rearranging the five bottles she had in her arms.

“Michael’s present?” Kyle asked, puzzled. He was okay sharing the credit, all right, but he would have believed Michael wanted it all for himself.

“Yeah, it’s sort of complicated… so Isabel told Max that we should lend him a hand or he’s just going to get all stressed out because, you know… Maria will be talking to Dave and all…”

“Yeah, that’s going to be fun…” Kyle said with mock enthusiasm. The prospect of having Michael beside him tomorrow morning was not a “fun” one exactly. “So, does it imply caging him?” Kyle asked, and to his surprise, Liz smiled broadly at that. “Not exactly,” Liz said, “but it does imply us staying away from him,” Liz said. They both locked into each others’ eyes. Sure, they both loved the guy, but they had had Michael worried in a closed environment for seven months, and it was anything but fun. The guy needed his space to fume out, and that meant staying out of his way.

“I’m all ears, Evans,” Kyle eagerly said.


* * *


“You’re not tired yet?” Michael asked Maria as he was holding the punching bag. She shook her head and kept punching, hitting the exercise bag with firm and rhythmic precision. Silence fell as he stared at her, the world losing its essence as he started to see Maria in slow motion.

God, Maria looked absolutely beautiful with that ponytail, no make up, wearing gym clothes, and with that look that could turn fire into ice. If Michael knew Maria at all, he would bet she was pissed off at something, and every time she hit the punching bag she was really hitting whatever was bothering her. Not for the first time around Maria, Michael wished he could read minds. Maybe then he wouldn’t get lost in her vibes as much as he did.

Maria’s vibes were beautiful too, he reflected.

When he had been dismissed from Jake’s lab yesterday morning, he had thought he would use all his free time to go snooping around and maybe getting into the Net Geeks Base or something. But when he had arrived at the Gym yesterday, he had let all those thoughts vanish. He had just stared at Maria hitting that hanging thing with such force that he had had to wonder what the hell he had done to her: He had dragged her into this, and now he couldn’t undo it. And the fact that Maria hadn’t been snapping back as usual hit him hard too. She was being quiet. And chances were that he was the cause of that silence as well.

So, for 24 hours he had been trying to approach Maria. And for 24 hours he hadn’t been able to just blurt out that he was nervous that Maria was furious at him. The fact that she was meeting with Dave tomorrow didn’t make things easier for his anxiety level either.

“What is it?” Maria asked him, barely glancing at him.

“What is what?” he asked back, confused. Not for the first time either he wondered if Maria could read his mind. She could spook him like that sometimes.

“What’s on your mind? You have that lost look that says you are stuck on something,” she replied, hitting the bag again. She was starting to breathe heavily.

“What if I say that I don’t want you to go tomorrow?” Michael asked, as it was the first thing that came into his mind. He was nervous about what Dave could say to Maria, and though he couldn’t really do anything to stop it, he still had to ask. He still had to let her know that he was worried about her.

“What if I say I should hang you up and practice boxing on you?” Maria said, keeping her rhythm, pausing briefly to bat her eyes at him and gave him that smile that said “you’re so not going to win on this one”. He hated that smile. She resumed her punching. “I’m capable of handling this situation. I won’t run from it.”

“I’m not saying you can’t handle it,” Michael said in a rush, “I don’t doubt you. I’m doubting the chances of every single window in this place being in one piece by 9 o’clock tomorrow morning, that’s all.”

Maria abruptly stopped and looked at him. It was so weird to admit out loud that he did fear not being able to control himself, admitting that he was anxious as hell that it took Michael by surprise as well.

For a whole minute, they just stared at each other. Sighing, letting her shoulders fall a little, Maria finally said, “Michael, I’m going to be perfectly fine. There’s no question that man can ask me that I won’t know how to handle. Trust me, I’ve been thinking about that whole crap for four days straight. I can do this, and you should trust that I can do this as well.”

With that, she resumed her punching, avoiding saying anything about the window that he had shattered yesterday. Avoiding saying anything at all. Apparently, her silence didn’t have much to do with tomorrow’s interview, as Max had suggested. Why was she so damn quiet then?

“It’s just that you keep punching this thing…” Michael trailed off, unsure of how to approach the next thing he was fearing: That Maria was angry at him. This whole thing was starting to have a sense of déjà vu all over it, like the time he had to make that napkin holder to make peace again. Well, he would do a million napkin holders if that was what it‘d take.

Still, his last sentence had gone –seemingly- unnoticed by Maria. He still needed to find a way for Maria to tell him what was bothering her… So, how should he approach her?

“You okay with this?” he said, deciding that a direct approach was the only approach he’d really mastered.

“Yeah, I told you, I’m not tired yet,” she said, moving her head side to side to soften her neck muscles. Her eyes were still pinned on the bag, and not on him. He didn’t like it when she didn’t look at him. It made him feel like she wasn’t listening to him, or wasn’t thinking that what he was saying was important. It also made him feel like he had done something wrong.

“No, not the stupid bag, I mean okay with this whole situation?” Michael said, exasperated, letting go of the punching bag as Maria was hitting it. The blow made the bag go further, making Maria momentarily lose her balance at the lack from resistance. She glared at him for a second. He put his hands back in place.

“You doubting it now?” she said, her ponytail bobbing all the time as her body moved.

“I was never happy with this decision, but I just thought…” Michael trailed off again.

“That Dave was telling the truth?” Maria finished for him. The fact was Michael didn’t know exactly how he had been convinced into this. Maybe because he thought that being here meant not being out there, and Maria deserved every chance at peace they could get. He had ultimately agreed to the offer to give her the chance at a normal life. He had always known there was no option for himself.

So… was Maria getting a normal life?

“Because so far he’s keeping his part of the deal,” she continued, her eyes still pinned on the punching bag.

“Then why are you hitting this thing so hard?” Michael finally said. If all were right with Maria, well… she wouldn’t be this… angry. Maria paused for two seconds to take air, and as she did, she looked at him. She took a deep breath, and then kept punching.

“You know Michael, while you three are down there,” Maria started, in a very level tone, “it gives Liz, Kyle and myself a lot of time to wonder what is going on at the lab. Kyle had his interview and Liz had hers, so that took a day out of their worries. But I have had four days of nothing but being around here, and that has given me plenty of time to ponder things.” She paused, unsure of how to proceed. Michael didn’t know where this conversation was going, but as long as it stopped her silent musings, he would just swallow whatever she said, and be happy about it.

“You know, when Liz first told me about Max, I ran for the hills,” she finally said, hitting the punching bag as she was saying it. He couldn’t really picture it, but he knew Maria hadn’t taken the truth well. He had read all about that in Liz’s journal. He had once tried to get the story out of Liz for more details, but to no avail. Funny how he could tell her every little embarrassment Max had ever had, but Liz wouldn’t tell him much about Maria. Not fair.

“Yeah, but you were okay after a while,” Michael said, shrugging. He briefly wondered that, if Maria really kept doing this for a long time, in a couple of months when she hit him it would really hurt. Not that Maria’s slaps didn’t hurt now, but still…

In a couple of months he was going to be proven right.

“I learned to deal with it, yeah,” Maria said, still not looking at him. He wished she would hurry with the story and be over with this. He didn’t like when Maria wasn’t being Maria. “But, that’s not what I mean. All these things started to happen. I started to feel like I was in some sci-fi movie half of the time…” Michael started to say something, but Maria gave him a look that said to hush up. “No, I’m not blaming you for it, okay? Just listen,” she cut him off. So Michael just shut his mouth, but that guilty feeling that his life had screwed hers started to rise. He didn’t let it rise too often, -as Max seemed to do about Liz’s life- but from time to time he couldn’t just ignore it.

“The fact is,” Maria said, resuming her punching, now with less energy, “that there are all these circumstances that you’re always going to be a part of or that are going to be chasing you and… I feel like I’m just standing on the sidelines, without being able to help you or help me or help the group. And if anything, Michael, if anything I’m not a damsel in distress.”

For the briefest of moments Michael had a vision of Maria wearing a pink dress, a pointy hat, and golden locks flying in the air as she was looking down from a tower’s window of some white castle. No, Maria was anything but a damsel in distress.

“Maria, you’re great. You’re great for the group. I don’t even know where we would be without you,” Michael honestly said. Why was Maria selling herself short now? She was brilliant with plans.

“Thanks, but I’m not finished,” Maria said, barely smiling. “What I’ve been thinking is that it hasn’t been fair. We are somewhat still running for our lives, we are just running in circles down here… Alex died, you’ve been shot twice, Max got captured, Isabel had to give up Jesse… It’s not fair. And I’m sick of it not being fair,” Maria said as she hit the bag with a particularly hard blow.

“I’m sorry,” Michael mumbled. She hadn’t added the fact that she, Liz and Kyle didn’t really have to be stuck in their ‘alien abyss’ as Maria called it. Why had Maria accepted to come with them? Why, after all that had happened and knowing everything that was waiting for them, had she accepted to come with him?

“No, I’m not blaming you,” she repeated herself, her rhythm picking up speed again. “Michael, what I’ve been thinking more and more lately is that what I need is to level things up a little bit. I want to be prepared.”

“Prepared? Prepared how?” Michael asked, confused. What was it about Maria’s words that always left him imagining he had zoned out for an entire hour? Why couldn’t she just talk straight or something?

“You remember what Tess told us when you were going to rescue Max? She said the three of us were liabilities. I remember it so well because that was the first time it really hit me that all I could do was worry sick for you four. That when it really mattered, only those with powers could go.”

Michael was still confused. It wasn’t as if he could transfer his powers to her or anything. And even if he could, he wouldn’t do it. He wouldn’t take her normal out of her.

“So let me see if I’ve got this straight,” Michael said, trying to gather all the info he had just gotten, “you’ve been pissed off because you’ve been feeling powerless?”

Maria stopped again, thinking. “I miss my independence, Michael,” she finally said, looking at him. For one terrifying moment Michael thought that Maria was going to break up with him once more. “I miss doing my own stuff, and knowing that no matter what, I can fend for myself.” How long had they lasted this time? Eight months? “And God, I’ll be damned if all I do is hide behind your back!”

“Maria, you have to be safe,” Michael cut in. What was Maria saying here? Besides that she might break up with him again, that is. That she was going to be in front of him?

“Michael, what I’m saying is that I didn’t come so I could sit behind. This is my life too, and this is my life with you as well. That’s what I’ve been thinking as I hit this thing,” she said, looking at the punching bag.

“You’re not behind me because you’re weak,” Michael said, unconsciously letting go of the punching bag so he could express himself better with his hands, “you stay behind because I can protect you. And there’s nothing wrong with that,” he said, his right hand cutting the air to emphasize the point.

“What if I want to protect you too…” Maria barely said. “What if I want to protect myself, all of us… It’s not a bad idea Michael. I’m not saying I’m going to get in front of you. I’m saying that I want to be beside you.”

“Maria…” Michael said in her same low tone. He tried to say something nice… something important. Something about how much he loved her and how meaningless this whole thing would become without her. Something about that he wanted her behind because he couldn’t bear the thought of someone hurting her.

“So, I’m going to get in shape,” Maria cut him off, her voice firm again, her eyes refocusing on the punching bag. There was no room for arguments there. “I’m going to learn a thing or two about escaping, and who knows what else I can learn in here that will help us to level things up.” She was very serious about that, he could hear it in her tone, feel it in her vibes.

“I’m sure you’ll do great,” Michael sincerely said, even if he still didn’t like her idea. As she started to hit the sack, his hands went to their previous position. This time, Maria smiled broadly at him. Well, at least she wasn’t angry with him.

“And I’m going to go to that interview tomorrow morning and get some answers from that man,” she added hitting the punching bag twice. Michael froze in his place.

“Maria… promise me that you’ll be careful around him,” Michael seriously said. Despite the fact that tomorrow morning’s events concerning Maria’s gift were all thanks to this man, Michael still felt ice running through his veins at the thought of Maria up there. Just like ten minutes ago, someone like Jeremy would appear out of nowhere telling him that there was so much he didn’t know about this man and his empire. Maybe they had entered a domain that had suddenly become too immense to escape. The thought paralyzed him.

“Come on Michael,” she said, looking up at him and his worried face, “he won’t try anything stupid. He has too much to lose otherwise.”

“It doesn’t change the fact that that man creeps me out and that I feel like I’ve trapped you into this place for God knows how long,” Michael tried to not snap back. He tended to do that, he knew, when he was worried about Maria. She stopped again, slightly frowning.

“And you keep quiet all of a sudden…” Michael continued, “and I’m… I don’t know, I’m scared,” he finally admitted. “I just… I just want you safe, okay?”

As Maria forgot the punching bag and put her arms around him, Michael had the first idea of how tense and scared he was really going to be tomorrow. And he somehow got the distinct feeling that more than just windows were going to be shattered as well.


* * *


“She’s better off dead,” Isabel icily said, her eyes pinned on some distant point out of the window. In the hour and a half that Dave had been talking to her, he had seen her going from cordial and polite to angry and hopeful and now cold and distant. She sort of reminded him of Susset. For the briefest of moments he wondered what his assistant was doing at that moment. Probably something work related, if he knew her at all. As fast as the thought came, he let it go.

Isabel’s words were hanging in the air like the echo of a very high pitched bell. How odd it seemed to him that someone who cared so much for her family, as well as for strangers, could say such words in such a way. Tess Harding was a subject that he just couldn’t anticipate how the kids were going to take. It had been an uncomfortable topic with Kyle, and it had annoyed Michael as well. Dave hadn’t said more than what had been needed with Liz, to whom the matter had been a sore point, to say the least. But now Isabel was slowly moving her wedding ring around her finger, her right hand over the desk as she was standing against it, her eyes still lost somewhere in the far away woods. Everything in her body language was stating that she meant what she had just said: She’s better off dead.

“Max wanted to help her…” she said, still not looking at him, “and then so did Liz… and I guess I would have felt guilty later if we had turned her in, but I’m glad she’s someone we don’t have to deal with anymore.”

Oh, but they still had to deal with her ghost, that was for sure, Dave contemplated as he was sipping his hot chocolate, standing against the cupboard. Isabel had refused any beverage, and as he had gone to prepare himself some, she had gotten up to look out the window. Before he could say anything, Isabel turned to look at him.

“Do you ever feel guilty when you… turn people in?” she asked, a little bit unsure, a little bit uncomfortable. It was an interesting question, Dave thought.

“Well, first of all, I don’t ‘turn them in’; they leave or do something stupid. I just let circumstances run them over… So no, I don’t feel guilty about that,” he simply said. Jake had told him once that it could be annoying how he summed things up with such simplicity as if things were black and white. Dave shrugged the thought off.

“So, if we just decide to leave right this moment, you would just watch how circumstances run us over?” Isabel asked, her pose of someone who was used to being looked upon. Isabel could be a really intimidating person, and now that they were both standing, he was very aware that she was his own height. Obviously, this woman was not used to looking at anyone above her own line of sight.

“No, if you leave right this moment, I wouldn’t follow you to see how circumstances run you over. But I know they would, eventually. And though I wouldn’t like it, I wouldn’t feel guilty about it.”

No, “guilty” wouldn’t be the word. More likely “responsible”. He would feel responsible for not being able to stop them. But now that they were on the subject of guilt…

“Do you feel guilty about trusting Tess?” he asked, returning her to the original question. Isabel turned again to the window, as if she couldn’t talk about Tess and face him at the same moment.

“When she first came she was great…” Isabel said. She let go of her ring, and placed her left hand against the desk. “She was such… such a good friend,” she slowly said, as if she were measuring her words. “After that first summer, I asked her if it had all been a play just to get to Max, and she said that in part, yes, she had needed to get close to him. But that later… later she had really wanted to be my friend.” Isabel closed her eyes at the memory, as if feeling suddenly stupid for believing in Tess.

“According to Michael, she played it really well,” Dave said, trying to make Isabel see that there was more to believing in Tess than just blind trust.

“Yeah, well,” Isabel said, turning once more to look at him, her voice firm with an angry undertone, “Michael was so hungry for answers then that even if Tess hadn’t been playing it ‘really well’ he still would have followed her. We were all just sitting ducks waiting in the dark… We were so vulnerable at the time,” she added as an afterthought.

You still are so vulnerable, Dave mused to himself. The fact that Isabel was at his office was proof enough.

“It must have been exciting, though,” Dave inquired, “to find someone else like you.”

“Tess wasn’t like us,” she answered in that cold tone that made Dave rethink his questions. “Tess was never like us… she wanted everything we didn’t…”

Like what the book says? Dave thought. Is that what Tess wanted? But from what he had already heard, Tess involved too many things, too many sides. Was she selfish, searching for personal glory, or was she trying to do what she had been sent to do? To restore Antar’s old regime? Or was Tess after something else? Maybe even a mix of it all.

When he had read the book months ago, he had been intrigued as to why so much had been put into something so small. Into four beings. Four. Funny, because now he was investing just as much into six beings, and two more than what the Antarians had first envisioned hardly made any difference at all. Just six.The thing was, why had the Antarians risked so much? Because by the looks of it, hardly anything from that book had turned out as it said. Except, maybe, for Tess.

The problem was that, without Tess to tell her side of the story, he was left with five sides, and the past three interviews hadn’t been, well, encouraging.

“You ever talked to her about that? That you didn’t want… what she wanted?” Dave cautiously asked.

“Of course we did,” Isabel said in an exasperated tone; for one second she turned to look at him and then turned to look outside again. “She just couldn’t understand why we didn’t want our past back. She never wanted to stay here. She never wanted to be part of… us. All she seemed to care about back then was that stupid book.”

“So, you were a big disappointment to her,” Dave concluded out loud. Isabel’s body tensed at that, but only slowly did she turn to look at him.

“I guess you could say so since we didn’t make her plans any easier. It took her longer to betray us.” Isabel paused, as if she was measuring him or something. It made him feel slightly uncomfortable. “Get one thing straight: Tess is no innocent, disappointed girl. She killed Alex and covered it all up. She wasn’t caught by circumstances, she created them.” A cold fury could be heard in Isabel’s voice and Dave could have sworn the temperature in that room had dropped four or five degrees.

Kyle had told him that Tess and he had probably bonded better because they both felt like outsiders of the group. Kyle didn’t want to be part of that “club”, and Tess couldn’t become a member of it. Then Michael had elaborated a bit more about Tess’ 40 year pact with their enemies. Liz had barely said above a whisper that Tess had been able to get close to Max when he had felt that everyone had abandoned him for one reason or another.

So, if anything, Tess had known how to play with circumstances. She had created some, and had been caught by others, true, but all in all, she had known how to use them to her advantage. She had been able to get what she wanted. That, of course, assuming that she wanted what she got.

“You got to know her well?” Dave asked, pursuing his own train of thought about what Tess wanted.

“Are you kidding me?” Isabel asked, letting go of the desk and standing on her own. She didn’t need to elaborate for Dave to see what she meant. If she had known Tess, the girl wouldn’t have betrayed them, right? He lowered his eyes to the floor for an instant so he could rephrase his question.

“I mean,” he said, his hot chocolate mug forgotten in his right hand, “you said she wanted everything you didn’t. So, what did she want?”

“Isn’t it obvious by now?” Isabel asked back, a little bit exasperated and more than just a little bit suspicious.

“I know the short version,” Dave explained, placing his mug beside him on the cupboard. “She was told there was a deal, she followed it, and it backfired. It doesn’t mean it was all she wanted.”

“You put so simply everything that woman did and could have done to us,” Isabel said, her eyes burning into him and then turning away, as if she couldn’t stand to look at him anymore.

“You’re right. This is a complicated matter. She was a complicated person,” Dave said, making Isabel turn to look at him, a hurt look in her eyes.

“Why are you so interested in her? She’s dead; end of the story,” Isabel evasively said, effectively avoiding answering what she thought Tess wanted. So, Isabel had thought about that. It was too easy to think of Tess as a single minded person with one purpose, who had killed Isabel’s friend without remorse. Too easy, really, and Dave was sure that Isabel had spent a good deal of time thinking this through, which was not easy.

“She played a very important role in your lives,” Dave answered her. “She changed the dynamics of your group drastically. In many ways, she’s the reason you learned about your past, and because she came back and blew up the Army Base, she’s also the reason you are here too.”

“So she’s just another blank to fill in?” Isabel asked disapprovingly, turning once again to look at him.

Oh, Tess was a whole chapter to be filled in…

“She didn’t care,” Isabel said not waiting for Dave’s answer, holding his eyes. “In the end, after all the options she had, all the times she could turn to us and ask for our help… She just didn’t care,” Isabel repeated again.

“Did she have a reason? Any motive to stay at all?” Dave inquired, somehow knowing that he was going a little too far, but his curiosity was getting the best of him. “Because by the sound of it, she had it pretty rough.”

Isabel’s cold expression changed to one of disbelief.

“Don’t try to make excuses for her; because if she had known better, she wouldn’t have decoded that stupid book by mindwarping Alex ‘til she killed him. She wouldn’t have covered up his death later, and by God, if she had felt any remorse at all, she wouldn’t have wanted us to die at Khivar’s hands. God! If you even think what she did had some sort of reason behind it other than getting what she selfishly wanted, you are so mistaken.”

Silence fell between them like the light snow that was falling outside, and for one second Dave was certain his windows had trembled. He was walking on thin ice here, and he had already walked on thin ice with Isabel at the beginning of this conversation. He couldn’t –or shouldn’t- keep on this subject, but he still wanted to know.

“You know, I wish I hadn’t hated her, but…” Liz had said a little over 24 hours ago, her voice quivering a little, “she represented Max’s past in the beginning, and later she represented Max’s responsibility to a world he couldn’t even remember. Max was scared of being around her, because he was… he was afraid…” Liz had said, shrugging.

“Afraid?” Dave had asked, confused.

“If everything that Tess was saying was true, then where did that leave Max? I mean,
Max, you know? This life, these memories…” Liz had trailed off.

“You?” Dave had elaborated. If Max was to be with Tess, where did that leave Liz?

“I believed her…” Liz had said, with a far off look. “I mean, I believed that what she wanted, what she said, was true. That Max had a destiny that didn’t include me. That was bigger than whatever he or I wanted. I did everything,
everything, I could to stay away from him.”

“Until he finally listened to you?” Dave had asked. He hadn’t known for sure how Liz had convinced Max to stay away from her –neither Kyle nor Michael had said a thing about that- but according to school gossip, well… Liz had gone to extremes. He hadn’t asked, but somehow he couldn’t quite believe it.

“Yeah…” she absently had said. “Have you ever tried so hard to get something done… and once you’ve accomplished it, you realize it is all wrong?” Liz had asked him, a frown on her forehead. It had sounded like an odd question at the moment, but he had guessed he had understood what she was aiming for. Of course, he would never know about time travelers and their requests.


But the thought had stuck nonetheless. Most of the time he was too sure of his plan to doubt it wouldn’t work in the long term, and if he had any doubts at all, he would just replay every possible scenario in his mind and make sure everything and everyone was exactly where he wanted them to be. But for the first time he thought exactly what Liz had said: What if once he had accomplished his plan, he’d realize it was all wrong? The question lasted all but six seconds in his mind, and then he dismissed it.

It would take another eight years for Dave to think about that question again.

“There’s always more to a story than just black and white,” Dave said, trying to smooth things over with Isabel and at the same time reason his questions. “I’m not making excuses for what she did or didn’t do. I’m just trying to see the big picture.”

“What is it about us that intrigues you so much?” She asked him, exasperated and confused at the same time, making her frown. “You said you wanted to study us, but that’s Jake’s department. You are just going around with these questions that have nothing to do with our powers, and for what? What do you gain by knowing all of this?” She suddenly asked, making him forget about Tess and his questions and black and white. Isabel’s brown eyes burned into his hazel ones.

“I said I wanted to know your side of the story when you came back to make the deal,” Dave seriously said. He didn’t like to be put up against a wall by anyone, much less by someone half his age. Jake did it all the time, but that was Jake. It didn’t matter, because what Isabel was really trying to find was a weakness, a flaw of character in him. She knew she could be intimidating, but here was where Dave would draw the line. “You accepted and so I want to know.”

“It’s all so simple for you, isn’t it?” Isabel said, not backing up an inch. If she really wanted to, she could become a really great lawyer, Dave briefly thought. “You get what you want no matter what,” Isabel ended, exasperated again.

He was about to argue the point, but for some reason, he found the statement funny, in an odd way. Maybe it was the way she had said it, or maybe because it implied that he never failed –which he definitely did- or maybe because for a second she had sounded like Jake. He didn’t know. He didn’t laugh either, but it was enough to make him stop. He almost imperceptibly sighed. “There is a good reason for asking all these questions,” he finally conceded.

Isabel turned to look at him, almost perfectly disguising a look of anticipation. Almost, but not quite.

“I have a puzzle, Isabel…” he started, taking his hot chocolate mug with his right hand, and with a movement of his head signaling the puzzle on his desk. Isabel turned to look at it, confused. “I have all these pieces put in place. But there are all those holes to still be filled in.” He made a pause to sip his chocolate. God, he loved chocolate. “You are that puzzle,” he continued, forgetting the chocolate and focusing on the conversation at hand. This was too important. “I’ve put the pieces together as best as I can, but I still have holes. And I don’t know what those would look like in the end.”

He looked straight at Isabel, who was unsure if she should ask him to continue or just let him speak for himself. He didn’t smile this time. He wanted Isabel to know he was very serious about this.

“In the past week I’ve learned about government and alien conspiracies, interplanetary meetings, deadly viruses, spaceships in the middle of nowhere, death, risk, treachery, love, you name it, it’s your life. You know better than I do that you all are in the middle of a seriously big mess, and that worries me.”

“It worries you?” Isabel repeated, barely above a whisper. “Why?” she asked again.

“You know who I called not half an hour after Kyle left? A geology team to see if there were any more alien viruses to worry about. Your brother went to a Summit to represent a world he can’t even remember, meaning that four other planets are very aware and very capable of turning their sights to our planet. One of your own turned on you because of a deal made way before even I was born. There’s a lot to cover with you. There are all these tracks you’ve been leaving everywhere.”

“You’re just…” Isabel tried to say, not really finding any words to her thoughts.

“I was just trying to fill in the blanks and suddenly I found myself with all these things that have to be looked upon. You’ve got enemies here, there, out there that want to see you dead for one reason or the other, so this should interest you as well. Because the more I know, the better I can protect you.” Isabel didn’t look up. She was unsure, Dave knew. Frustrated, he sighed, and for one instant he really, really considered just going on with this speech and tell her everything else there was to why he wanted to know all of this. In his mind he did. In his mind, he also knew she wouldn’t approve. None of them would. Still, he had to somehow convince her. Drive her doubts away.

“Has it crossed your mind, even just for once, that I might be a good guy and that I’m telling you the truth?” This time she did turn to level her eyes with his, and by the look on her face he knew the answer was no.

TBC…
"There's addiction, and there's Roswell!"
User avatar
Misha
Addicted Roswellian
Posts: 425
Joined: Thu Jun 20, 2002 10:44 am
Location: Guatemala City, Guatemala

Post by Misha »

Hey guys!! Man, do I miss posting!! :oops:

So, I've come with chapter 24, though 25 is not ready yet, and 26 is half written... anyway, since it's been two months I guess it's only fair that I give you guys next chapter :) 25 should come before this month ends, or something...

DunkBiscuit and Timelord31, thank you guys for the comments!!

So, here it goes... This part has some interesting snippets from the past ;) Hope you like it!


Thank you all for coming back to read!!



XXIV
Looking Back



“So,” Liz said as she and Maria were heading for the showers, “What did Michael say?”

“Like he could say anything,” Maria answered, arching one eyebrow in a defiant gesture. Both friends locked eyes for a second and then they… giggled. It felt good. For some strange reason Liz thought that it felt good to giggle under all this pressure and under this particular roof. Liz and Maria had talked for almost three hours the night before, and that, too, had felt good.

“Did he like it?” Liz asked as they both resumed their walking.

“I didn’t give him a choice,” Maria said, a mischievous smile on her lips.

“Come on, Maria!” Liz said, playfully punching her, “What did he say?”

“He’s worried,” Maria finally said, her smile waning a little. “He finally admitted that he’s scared.”

“Took you a lot of time?”

“Some ignoring too, but he finally said out loud that he’s afraid of this place.”

“He was probably fretting about what was going on with you before,” Liz said as they entered the shower room.

“Yeah, I know. But if he didn’t say it out loud soon he was going to explode... I swear, Michael’s handle on pressure for long periods of time… pretending he doesn’t care… This place is too small for that kind of blast. So, point one for me. And besides, I got to inform him about our little plan of not staying behind when things get creepy. Anyway, we seriously need a shower,” Maria said as she was reaching for a towel. “Then you can give me all the details about what Max said.”

Because Maria had turned, she didn’t see Liz flinching as she was reaching for her own towel. Yeah… Max… Sure, she had planned on telling him about how she and Maria had decided that, since they were going to be stuck with nothing to do while Max, Michael and Isabel were at the lab, they could ask Ray for some non-powers related escapes. And they knew Ray was aching for something else to do besides playing gym teacher.

And Liz also knew that Max was going to agree. Well, she was 85% sure he was going to agree without freaking out. Without thinking that she would be in more danger if she knew personal defense or something… Because, come on! It was for everybody’s benefit. And Max would see that… Right.

She smiled to herself. Of course Max was going to see that, -sooner or later- and of course she was going to learn whatever Ray could teach. They hadn’t filled in Kyle yet, but she saw no reason for her ex-boyfriend to not agree to their plan. No, Liz was not doubting if Max was going to like the idea or not, she had just not told him because she was still waiting to see how things were going with their connection. So far, so good. In fact, she was beginning to think that she might have over-reacted to whatever it had been in the morning. Liz was still going to ask Max if he had felt anything –and then she was going to tell him about their plan- but that would wait ‘til later that day.

It was now close to midday and, as usual, things had gone pretty smoothly at the Gym. Ray had seemed concerned about something though, and had been talking to someone over the phone for a while. Besides, with Michael and Max here, he had barely been more than a shadow the entire day.

It had been weird to have Max and Michael around. Even Ray, who had loosened up a little with Maria, Kyle and her over the past three days, had been more serious and careful. There was a certain… how had Maria described it earlier? There was a certain wall that Ray put up around the alien trio. She would never say that Ray was afraid of them, but there was this… respect. Funny, because that was exactly what she had felt when Jake had called her “Miss Elizabeth” the day before, and she knew that he had never called Isabel “Miss”.

Getting into the shower, Liz thought that hot water at high pressure had never felt better before. She was sorer than she was letting Max know; she was sweaty, tired, hungry, sleepy and worried, but somehow her hot shower made it all seemed like a vague dream. She could stay under that shower forever.

It was like Maria had said the night before: This place wasn’t so bad if you forgot a couple of dozen things. Like windows, sunshine and freedom. Liz let go an ironic laugh. They had had all the freedom in the world up there, except for the little detail that they were being chased –hunted, really- and now, here… well, here she was enjoying a much deserved hot shower, even without windows, sunshine and freedom. Guess I can’t win them all… she murmured reaching for the soap.

Yet the thing that was still a constant through both “life styles” was this fear of the unknown. She felt blinded now, unable to see the future anymore, unable to guide the whole group out of danger. She felt responsible for it, though she knew the feeling was misplaced. It was just that, after being able to see things that would happen and after having the power to alter those outcomes, she now felt… blind. She couldn’t get that word out of her mind. She couldn’t see anything but darkness ahead of her. An unknown future.

So, now that the possibility of getting her power back was looming on the horizon, Liz felt a little bit thrilled. She knew that Max was worried about Jake or Dave discovering her, but… if she got it back, she would probably know, at the very least, if staying here was a good choice or not.

None of that mattered now, though. She was here and she couldn’t see the future. Period. She closed her eyes and let the water wash away all the nonsense that was having a field day in her mind.

Still, even if she couldn’t really see the future, she tried to think ahead. She tried to think about next week and if they were going to still be expected to go to the gym and the lab. What were they going to do in the afternoons, anyway? She wondered if she should go and talk to Jake about some biology or genetics classes. She thought about Dave’s words to Kyle about going to engineering, and about Michael’s plan about going to the Network Keepers’ Base.

How were their lives going to be from now on? And when were they going to start having those lives as well? They were just stuck in this week until Dave left. Their thoughts were still going around that man, which was odd, because even if Dave would leave them, and the interviews would be over, they were still on this man’s grounds. He was leaving, not them.

Besides, when was Dave going to return, anyway? The man was not just going to finish this and then forget about them. She felt frustration creeping all over her spine. She groaned. She truly wanted to get lost in this shower, and for ten minutes forget the world existed.

But if she didn’t want to think about the future or the present, the only thing left was her past. A past that Dave had skillfully recounted, she couldn’t deny that. It had been strange. He would one minute be questioning her decisions and the next one sort of praising her actions.

“You didn’t run,” Dave had said, his hazel eyes pinned on her, “and you had more than a few reasons to stay very far away.”

Maria had puzzled about that the night before. Was Dave going to ask her why she had stuck with Michael? Because then, as Maria had said, that would be a very long talk. They had both laughed. In fact, the memory made Liz laugh at that moment as well. It had been a very long and stressful day yesterday, and Maria still had her own interview pending, so they both had wanted to get rid of all that extra energy. Maria wanted Liz to tell her all about her interview, and Liz wanted Maria to tell her all about what was going on with her and her sudden change of mood.

“Michael is on this quest to find anything about this man, but he’s not letting himself see that he’s a scared rabbit like the rest of us,” Maria had said matter of factly. “He’s distant,” she had continued, with a worried expression on her face. “He thinks the walls are going to collapse on us or that he’s dragged me into some hole and that it’s all his fault.” Maria had sighed then, as they were both letting themselves fall seated on Liz’s couch. “And I can’t say a thing, because the only way to deal with this is for Michael to figure it out for himself.”

So, Liz hadn’t been sure of how exactly Maria’s plan of being quiet and somehow ignoring Michael would work to get Michael’s attention, but by the sound of it, it had worked. And she was happy about it, for them both. Because Liz knew that Michael being frustrated and scared was not a good Michael for anyone, including himself.

Now she had to work on Max’s worries and on convincing him to get some sleep. Kyle was right, Max had never been as stressed out as these past days, which would be a really good explanation as to why their connection had been low earlier that day. But first of all, she had to work on her own worries, because she was as stressed out as her husband.

The word echoed in her mind. Husband. For almost a year she had been sure that was never going to happen. Not after his future self had come and trashed all her dreams in an attempt to save the world’s destiny. She had tried to find herself another life. Hadn’t she kissed Sean after all? Hadn’t she laughed with him for a while? She had gotten to see what else was out there, as far away from Max and his world as anyone could find. Sean was the total opposite from the love of her life. He was a normal guy to begin with… and to end with too. And though deep down Sean had been a very nice guy who got to let her see a part of herself she didn’t even know existed, Sean wasn’t Max. Plain and simple.

No one could say she hadn’t tried to get away from the alien abyss. Even going to Vermont had been to see if maybe some order, some discipline and a well defined world was what she was missing. And she had sort of bought it all up to the night that Max had died. Nope, what she was missing was the prospect of a future with Max. But at that point in life Max himself was lacking a clear view of his own future, so…

Max dying and then coming back had made both of them realize that they could very well spend their respective lives apart, but both had seen their dreams become ashes in an instant. They both had had a clear vision of what they were missing by not being with each other. For Max, life had been too short, and he had missed everything he could have had with Liz. For Liz, it had been the prospect of a very long and lonely life. She might have been drunk for most of it, but she clearly remembered being devastated.

Though she had been cautious in the beginning of their relationship after Vermont –after all, how many times could her heart be broken time and again?- she had begun to really see her future. College was on the horizon, and she wasn’t thinking of attending Las Cruces. Were Max, Michael, and Isabel trapped in Roswell forever? She didn’t think so, but not even they were sure of what to do. That was why when Max had said that he wanted to go to Northwestern she had been… unsure.

How would things have turned out had they continued with their normal lives? Where would they be now? All of them? What if Max had not gone with her? All of this was nonsense, she knew, but she sometimes did wonder, and deep down she knew that as long as Max and she were alive, they were inevitably going to end up together. Maybe they would marry at the Elvis Chapel, maybe on a side road little town with the cutest of Churches. Or maybe even on another planet. But for her, all roads led to Max, and to calling him husband.

Thinking about Max as her husband always brought a smile to her lips, and the hot water running over her aching muscles was just the perfect combination to calm her down. After all, if she had married Max after all the chaos, lies, doubts, mistakes and pain that had plagued the last three years of High School –of which Dave had asked a lot- there was no force in this or any other world that could make her believe she couldn’t do impossible things. Heck, she had even ended up with powers, for crying out loud!

Except that, to be honest, Dave was a force she hadn’t encountered before.

Pierce had taken away their innocence. Tess had taken away their sense of trust and –by killing Alex- she had finally blasted away that thin bubble where they had thought that no matter what, everyone was going to be alive by the end of it all. Fighting her parents –as Max had been fighting his- had stripped her of her last childhood feelings. And now, here was Dave… who was threatening to take away her future.

Her instincts told her that he wasn’t an enemy, but she wasn’t getting the feeling that he was a friend either. Maybe they were reading too much into this and Dave was just some eccentric genius who really just wanted to study their powers…

Yeah, right…

But there was a certain… reassurance in Dave. The way he talked and the way he would give snippets of his own life. Even the way he was so casual while he was stirring his hot chocolate. What puzzled her the most was the way he carefully treaded over some subjects. He knew what he wanted to ask, but he also knew some things weren’t exactly for public knowledge. Especially if the subject was Tess.

She had been expecting it. As closed a chapter as it was, it still brought some dark emotions to her, and she knew that she had to remain calm because, well… you never knew when those green sparks would come again. But Dave had been very cautious about the whole thing.

“So, it all fell apart but… you still stuck around?” Dave had asked with a sidelong glance as they were both watching outside.

“Guess I did,” she had answered nonchalantly, wishing she still wasn’t so angry at everything that had happened then.

“Not many young women your age would have…” Dave had hesitated then, as if he had been unsure what word to use, “stayed by Max’s side after all those events.”

Events. How nicely put. “I knew…” Liz had whispered back, “I knew that if I wanted Max’s future, a future with him, I had to leave his past behind. It wasn’t easy. Hell I— I almost threw Tess when I saw her again,” she had amended at the last minute.

It had been like Maria had said: Forgive Max, or get him out of her life. Liz sighed. Getting Max out of her life was not only difficult, but practically impossible. Impossible if she was planning to move on and have a happy life. Granted, running for her life didn’t exactly qualify as a real life fairytale, but for those perfect moments with Max… For all those times she had awakened and had found him staring at her… For each and every embrace, every word of comfort, every dream she had seen in his soul… For all the acceptance he had shown for her own mistakes and flaws… It hadn’t been easy, and it certainly hadn’t been over night, but Liz had left Max’s past where it belonged: The past.

And she had told that to the man that held hers and Max’s future. Somehow she had known that Dave was not going to push for details on that. He hadn’t wanted her angry. He had wanted her answers, and that had meant taking it nice and easy. Or that had been what Maria had concluded, anyway. So it was that care, that attention to details, like the hot chocolate, or telling her to bring a sweater, or that he had blushed when she had busted him with his puzzle, that made her feel that he wasn’t after them with all these evil intentions. It all could very well be an act, she knew, but… Maybe she just wanted to believe he was a good guy.

Because if he was the bad guy they feared him to be, then he had already taken away their future.


* * *


It was the silence that was making Ray nervous.

The laws of nature being what they were, the girls were bound to take forever in the showers, while the boys would only take about 1/4 of the same time. So now Ray was alone with Michael, Max and Kyle, all four expectantly looking in the girls’ showers’ direction. Though they could very well be discussing future plans, or Jake’s idea, or just filling him in on what they were expecting, they had all leaned back against the first wall that had crossed their path and had silently waited. And waited… and waited. Hence the silence.

“Did we have a chance?” Michael asked out of the blue, making the other three men turn to look at him a little too fast. “Dave said when we arrived that you tracked us down and that you were the one who caught us too, so I want to know. What did we do wrong?”

Ray suddenly preferred the silence.

This was turning out to be one day full of weird events. First, Jake’s call at the ungodly hour of 4:36 a.m. about Dave having an asthma attack –did those guys actually sleep?- and then the subsequent argument between those two. Ray knew that Dave hated to even acknowledge he was asthmatic, but he had never seen Jake so furious with Dave for not having his inhaler nearby.

Then a tense calm had settled between the whizzes as Dave was recovering at the infirmary, until Dave had told Ray to set his meeting with Isabel at 8:30. Jake had told Ray to leave them alone then, and Ray had more than gladly complied. There was something eating Jake up, Ray knew, but what was it? Why was Jake so eager to corner Dave about the kids? Why hadn’t he done so when Dave had first presented the project seven months ago?

Then Michael had written back about changing the hour to 8:30 for their Gym appointment, which Ray had thought a little daring, but okay. He saw more advantage to giving them that, than by making them show up at 7:00. Building trust and that kind of thing.

And last but not least, Jake had called him later in the morning to ask him what his plans with the kids were and then he had ranted for about an hour about what was with Dave and this stupid idea that he could survive without his inhaler.

Weird. Jake just didn’t rant.… What was next? Samantha inviting him to dinner?

Now three pairs of eyes looked intently at him, curious, anxious, and even a little fearful. Waiting for him to tell them how they had been trapped. It wasn’t nice to look at your captor while standing beside him, he guessed, but Ray knew that he had to get along with these kids. He also knew that he had to get a grip on himself and stop worrying that any of them was going to blast him into oblivion. Besides, if they were going to learn his craft, they had to know what they had done wrong. Michael certainly had a good reason to ask this. He certainly had impressed Ray.

“No, you never had a chance,” Ray finally said, making Michael tense a little, while Max’s shoulders slightly sagged and Kyle’s eyes returned to the showers. “You did several things right and few wrong, but that was all that it took, really.”

“How did you find us?” Kyle asked, turning worried eyes to him. “We were picking routes randomly, flipping coins… How could you find us?” Kyle asked again. Flipping coins? No wonder their paths had been so illogical. Points that obviously had more advantages had been dismissed for creepy little towns.

“I don’t know how exactly Dave tracked you. He hacked into systems, he knew what the Special Unit knew. Satellite confirmation of your whereabouts was a sure thing when we could pin you down. It wasn’t easy. You did right by traveling in different numbers and at different times.”

“But we still didn’t have a chance,” Michael sullenly remarked. Ray thought for a moment how exactly was best to answer Michael.

“Listen, kids, you stayed out there, without protection, for seven months. That’s no small thing. You survived, you stayed together, and you did everything you could. It wasn’t easy to get you. It took months of planning.”

“So,” Max said, crossing his arms in front of his chest, narrowing his eyes a little, “no matter what… you would have… trapped us?”

“Or the Special Unit,” Ray said. All three visibly tensed at that. “The Special Unit’s problem was that they were chasing you as if you were humans. They weren’t factoring in that you could blow objects 200 feet away. That you could vanish walls, produce shields. They thought they could point a gun at you and render you defenseless that way. They knew you weren’t humans, of course, but they were going about tracking you and trying to ambush you by the book.”

“What did you do differently then?” Michael asked, concerned. How many ambushes had they escaped? Ray wondered for the first time. A few times, there had been very close calls. Sometimes Ray thought that they had some sixth sense to sense danger around the corner.

“We didn’t use the SWAT team and surround you with 35 men, that’s for sure. From the beginning we knew that a frontal attack was a no go.”

“‘We’?” Kyle asked. Ray turned to look at him.

“‘We’ as in Dave, Jake, and myself.”

“How was it done, then?” Michael pressed.

“With three men, a sedative gas, a clever story and… a lot of luck actually,” Ray summed it up. His mind wandered to the past, when they were trying to come up with a plan to trap them. How to lure them into the ambush. Who to take first?

“The aliens,” Ray had pointed out at the board where all six were pinned on their own column. Information about each one of them was neatly written below each picture. “They are the fire power; the humans would be left defenseless.”

Dave had thought about it for a second, and then he had tried to see a different approach. “If you take the humans first, you put the aliens in an impossible situation about fleeing and leaving their friends behind, or staying and fighting.”

“If they are fighting like that, it might become a very difficult scenario,” Jake had pointed out. Ray had nodded, knowing that the good doc had a point.

“No, you are right Jake,” Dave had said, thoughtful, “I don’t want to bring them here by force. At least not open force.”

“It has to be a small team,” Ray had started to form a plan, “less than five men. They have to be able to approach them without being suspicious.”

“Why not six?” Jake had asked, curious, “one for each of them.”

“I think that would be too many,” Ray had contradicted out loud, “though it might work.” The three of them had turned to look at the board. “I still believe that picking them two by two would be easier,” Ray had ended.

“No, that cannot be,” Dave had emphasized, his eyes still glued to the board. “If we want to show them how vulnerable they are they have to be taken at the same time, all of them.”

“And you don’t want them to be aware of what is happening until it’s too late…” Ray had finished for Dave.

“I don’t want them aware. Period.” Dave had corrected Ray.

“That’s a very intriguing puzzle,” Jake had interceded, “You want to take them under their own noses. Their special abilities are your biggest problem, you know?” Dave had absently nodded.

“We could use darts… snipers… all six of them getting out of a breakfast place…” Ray had offered.

“It might be, but it’s still too violent, and probably too public,” Dave had said, frowning. “There has to be a way of getting those kids without them realizing it’s happening… while they are unaware…”

“Sleeping?” Jake had guessed. Ray and Dave had turned to look at him. “The only time of the day you are truly unaware is when you are sleeping,” Jake had logically concluded, explaining his train of thought.

“If we could get them while they are sleeping, then they would be taken unaware and all together,” Ray had seen, “but we still have problems with that scenario.”

“Yeah, many,” Jake had agreed.


“You see,” Ray was now explaining to them, “too many circumstances had to be in place for the plan to work at its best. We had Dave’s damned conditions of you being all taken at the same time and unaware.”

“But that’s stupid. It would have been easier to take us two at a time,” Michael said.

“I know. Though it was more difficult to take you all at the same time, it wasn’t impossible.”

“It was all calculated,” Max said, in that quiet tone of his, “he wanted to trap us in the hardest conditions, didn’t he?”

“Yeah,” Ray agreed, locking eyes with Max. Calculated was definitely a word that described Dave’s actions to perfection. “He wanted to prove his point to you,” Ray explained. He didn’t need to add and he did.

“How hard was it?” Michael asked, crossing his arms as Max had done a minute before.

“Hard. First, to make a sedative gas work it has to be released in an enclosed environment,” Ray started, “A motel room is hardly an enclosed environment with its windows and ventilation systems, and doors, and cracks. It was hardly a sealed place,” Ray pointed out. “We assumed you had a look out, it only made sense, so to by-pass he or she, whoever was administrating the gas had to be able to get close to you without you being suspicious.”

“You chose small numbers,” Michael said, “that’s why you only sent three men.”

Ray nodded. “Though there were other things to take into consideration. Jake jumped in with his own problems. How much is too much sedative gas? He was concerned about your health. Different heights, weights, species… his concerns were shared by Dave.”

They had kept making plans, but in the end, it was the sedative idea that always seemed to be the best. At least on covering Dave’s points: Unaware and together. Jake concluded that all they really needed was to lightly sedate them, enough for them to not awake when being moved, but not enough to keep them out cold for an hour.

At some point the gas-leak story had come up. How to get six persons out without anyone being suspicious? How to administrate the real sedative that would last hours? Jake had still been concerned. He said that sedating a person should never be taken lightly.

“But in the end, we worked it out,” Ray ended. “It was hard, but…” he trailed off.

“But here we are,” Kyle said, trying to joke. Michael just scowled, while Max got a thoughtful look.

“What should we have done differently?” Michael finally asked.

“Dave was an enemy you couldn’t foresee,” Ray said, “even if you had had a lookout that night, we would have gotten you. If not with the gas, we would have used plan B, and you would have been taken that morning one way or another, following Dave’s conditions or not.”

“He told Liz that it took you six weeks to be able to do so,” Max said, still concentrated on his own thoughts. As if snapping out of it, he leveled his eyes to Ray’s. “Why couldn’t you wait any longer?”

Because Dave said so, Ray silently thought. “The Special Unit was going to try to take you that day. We couldn’t keep taking the risk that they would actually succeed. It was really close the last time you ran into them, you know?”

Michael almost unconsciously rubbed his right hand over his left shoulder. “We know,” he simply said, annoyed at something that Ray couldn’t figure out.

“And what if they had succeeded?” Max asked, “if we had been trapped by them? What would Dave have done?”

“I don’t know,” Ray lied. It was odd enough that Dave had told Liz how much time it had taken them to trap them, but Ray wasn’t entirely sure if it was a good thing that Max and company knew exactly how far Dave was willing to go to get them here. If Dave wanted them to know, then fine, but Ray was not going to comment on plan C. That plan that played the worst case scenario, where the kids were actually trapped by the Special Unit, and where he had to see how to get them out.

For one moment Ray truly contemplated the idea. If Dave had rescued them, would the kids still be so suspicious of him? Had the events not played out according to Dave’s first plan, would they be here? He shook the thought off. It didn’t matter. What mattered was earning their trust and staying in one piece every day, for as long as it would take.

As the girls finally emerged from the showers, and Max and Kyle went to meet them, Michael held back just a second longer.

“Maria told me she has this idea about you training her,” Michael quietly said, with a fury inside those brown eyes that made Ray stop in his tracks, “but if you so much as break one of her fingernails…” Michael trailed off as now Maria was closing in, yet the warning had been well implied.

Those were going to be the longest eight years of Ray’s life.


* * *


“They just looked at us, expectant…” Isabel was saying, now standing at the far end of the window, at the opposite extreme from the shattered glass. She was unconsciously playing with her necklace, moving it slowly side to side. “And we didn’t know what to say… where to begin…”

“Must have been a relief, though…” Dave said while Isabel was still lost in memories about telling their parents the truth, “you must have thought about it a million times.”

Isabel let go a small sarcastic laugh. “You were keeping count on that too?” she said, her eyes fixed on the trees outside. The sky was deep gray. Soon a storm was bound to hit.

“I’m not that good,” he answered, though she remained still, as if she hadn’t heard him. “You told them everything?” Dave continued, as if nothing had been said out of place. He crossed his arms and comfortably lay against the cupboard, his black numbers hanging on the opposite wall.

“We told them everything they needed to know…” Isabel said, her voice getting lower with each word. So, the answer was “no”. They hadn’t told them everything. She kept playing with her necklace, slower than before though. “There were things they really didn’t need to hear about then… And Max and I thought that with time we would… eventually fill in the gaps. After all, they are our parents.”

Something in Isabel’s voice, an undertone of loss and homesickness, made Dave miss his parents too.

”Look Mom! I can count to a million!” And that he had done… the entire week… He let go of the thought with a slight smile. His Mom had certainly been patient.

“And they didn’t run,” Isabel was saying now. “For all the times I knew they wouldn’t… it was really, really good to know I had been right all that time.”

“It must have been unsettling to know how much you had done under their own roof,” Dave said, “without them having the slightest clue.”

Isabel turned to look at him, as if she were about to say something not exactly nice, but she thought better of it at the last second. Instead, she turned to look at the puzzle, her back to the window now.

“Mom wouldn’t stop asking questions and Dad wouldn’t stop staring at us. On some level they felt betrayed,” she conceded, “but there was no avoiding that… We couldn’t take the risk before…” Isabel trailed off.

“They never noticed anything out of the ordinary?” Dave asked, raising one of his eyebrows. He wished now he could interview Diane and Phillip Evans.

“Max and I were sent to the shrink, what do you think?” Isabel sharply asked, her eyes still on the puzzle pieces, her hand reaching for the nearest ones and carefully flipping them up.

It could have been worse… Dave absently thought. Now, this was interesting. What exactly had the Evans’ noticed to send both their children into therapy? Not something alien related –at least not from their perspective- but something more… human. Yet before he could say anything about that, Isabel stopped flipping pieces, her eyes at some point on the table.

“Max was having nightmares, waking the entire house at times,” she barely said above a whisper, “how could you keep something like that from them?” She briefly closed her eyes, as if trying to shake the thought off. Her voice sent chills down Dave’s spine.

For a second, he felt like a little kid again. Distant echoes of screams in his mind. Old memories. He knew that the only way Max could have woken up the entire house was if he had screamed out of fear. Dave couldn’t stand the image. Something in someone’s scream touched something deep inside of him, something that made him want to put his hands on his ears and shrink. It was a childish feeling, a childish reflex, but up until this day Dave had avoided hospitals or situations where people would be screaming like the plague. If he couldn’t avoid it, he would swallow it, of course, but that didn’t mean he wouldn’t feel cold inside.

And Isabel had heard Max scream. The way her voice had almost whispered it and her eyes had gotten that lost look. It had been a pain that she herself had felt when she had heard her brother at night. Screams had that quality: They made you feel. Feel the other’s pain as your own.

He found himself without words. What was he supposed to say? “I’m sorry”? His silence didn’t seem to bother Isabel though, since she just kept talking. “They had noticed things over the years… small things… things that didn’t quite add up but that they had both let go. For some reason or another, they just had let them go.”

“So when you told them the truth, it all made sense,” Dave said rather than asked.

Isabel suppressed an ironic laugh. “They had more questions than you,” she said, as if it should be obvious that things didn’t make sense for her parents. At least not that fast. “But at least they know now…” she said with a small smile, a sad smile. It didn’t linger though, as she faced up one last puzzle piece and turned to look at him, her expression in control again, serious.

“How much do you know about them?” she asked, standing now, the puzzle forgotten.

Dave slightly shrugged and took his hot chocolate mug from his cupboard. What he didn’t know about them, was more likely the question. “That Child Services always thought they had made the perfect choice by placing you with them,” Dave said after sipping the now cold chocolate. Someone had once told him “Never say anything wrong about anyone’s parents, even if they themselves do”, and boy, had he been right. So, start with the sweet and stay with the sweet. For the first time since this conversation had started, Dave got Isabel’s first real –if short- smile.

It really didn’t last. Her seriousness returned, expecting him to continue. “I know your dad loves to win in court, but he also takes losing his cases with dignity. He always plays by the rules. He’s a good boss, likes things neat, clear and certainly on time. He can be a little inflexible on some matters though, and once his mind is set on something, there’s no turning him back.”

“His secretary?” Isabel asked, her eyes slightly narrowing. Dave nodded. All this information had been obtained first hand by Philip Evans’ secretary, who had been working for Dave for almost two years now. “What about Mom? Who did you have tracking her?”

“Your mom loves to experiment with food, and she certainly loves to take pictures as well. Likes old movies, and has a soft spot for the Italian restaurant where she and your dad had their first date. She also loves to talk about her kids,” Isabel slightly glared at him. “Community Service meetings, every two weeks. She really likes to talk about her family life when she’s talking with other mothers, you know. It was easier to set up random meetings and random talks than to get one specific person to get close to her.”

“Was the information good?” Isabel asked, with no small hint of sarcasm.

Not as good as yours, Dave almost said, but he bit his tongue. That was not what he should say. “I needed to know,” he simply answered. “I needed to know what kind of… kids everyone thought you were. So yeah, the information was good. For invading aliens, you had way too many earthly things to worry about: School, curfews at home, social responsibilities, jobs.” Even boyfriends and girlfriends, Dave had almost slipped as well. He kept the thought to himself. Alex was certainly a very sore point here.

“So you thought we were here to invade?” Isabel asked, as if she couldn’t believe him.

“I didn’t know what to think, that’s why I watched. I kept wondering and wondering. Asking questions. Because without questions, there are no answers.”

“And the more you watched…” Isabel purposefully trailed off, so he could fill in the blanks.

“The more you didn’t make sense,” he said, making Isabel frown a little. “If you were invaders, then you could very well have been scouts. But it didn’t add up to your brother’s behavior. Why risk your cover by healing those kids in Phoenix? As far as we could see, those kids had no significance or importance to anything related to you. Except for Brody’s daughter. Maybe it had been blackmail: Brody threatened you in exchange for healing his daughter, and the other kids were healed just to not single Sydney out.”

“You believed that?” Isabel asked, a little bit offended.

“For a short while. But it was done too carelessly, the silver handprints left behind, the security videos not taken care of. What Max did he did on the spur of the moment. And probably without your knowledge, let alone your approval.”

“So we were too good to be invaders?” she said, leaning against the table again, the puzzle at her back, crossing her arms.

Max was too good to be an invader,” Dave corrected her, “I didn’t know about the rest of you. I had just found out about who you were. Maybe you were colonizing. Maybe you were scientists. Maybe you were refugees. There are only so many options to choose from, and they all have to do with social, economic or political reasons.”

“How long did it take you to reach a conclusion, then?” Isabel asked, sounding genuinely interested.

Way too long, Dave silently thought, and I was almost too late. Instead, he shrugged. “I got the pieces one by one. To make a time frame, I first got your adoption records. From that point I kept updating it with your friend’s and family’s bits. Later, it was the outside sources that helped shape what I got. School. The Special Unit Agent. The MetaChem research. Police records. So all together, I would say that it has taken me every single day from the moment I found that video at Phoenix ‘til this very instant. And it’s still a work in progress.”

Isabel slightly glared at him. “You haven’t reached a conclusion yet?” she asked, rather coldly.

I have reached many conclusions, Dave thought as he sipped the last of his chocolate. “There are a lot of details to take into consideration,” he said at length, “but you certainly don’t let me get bored.”

Isabel raised one of her eyebrows, slightly moving her head to her left, as a way of impatiently saying “is that a ‘yes’ or a ‘no’?”

“Almost,” he finally said, as the tall girl slightly snorted and turned away. Dave left his mug over the cupboard and went to the closest side of the table, being opposite to Isabel who now was staring again at the outside, her arms still crossed. “There are still many things that don’t make sense,” he casually said, looking at the pieces he had already placed together, recalling the mental image he had of the complete puzzle. “With every detail that I get, the fewer blanks there are to fill in,” he continued, pausing for a second on the space he had in front. In his mind, he rotated the picture 180° since now he was facing the puzzle backwards. Jake usually was the one doing this side. “More and more pieces shift in my mind, but I still can’t tell how the entire picture will be.”

Isabel’s eyes met with his. “If anything,” he said, “I’ve learned that things with you kids rarely stay the same way, and are barely predictable at all. So I just keep a mental inventory of all the facts I have come across… and so I keep watching.”

Silence met his words for what felt like forever.

“It must be tiring to remember everything you see and hear,” Isabel finally said as Dave started to flip puzzle pieces face up, separating them with a master’s experience. He stopped in mid-air and smiled at her, despite the sarcasm implied in her last statement.

“I don’t keep everything in my mind, just what I need,” he corrected her. He suddenly felt way too self-conscious as Isabel just stared at him, weighing him. He flipped one last piece. Though he had told Liz that he was not going to keep putting his puzzle together while she was there because women felt offended if they didn’t have your whole attention, flipping the pieces face up calmed him down and made his ideas go in order again. Especially since Isabel was still wearing that patterned sweater.

She had looked at the puzzle pieces with interest all morning long, and had even flipped one or two when he had stood up to go for a snack, and a few just now. Though she hadn’t been restless, her eyes had taken in his whole office. Efficiently and effectively. With her very sharp mind, she had been silently cataloguing this room. He knew because he was used to doing so when he was in other people’s rooms.

He knew too she was the type of person who would notice if he was wearing brand clothes, brand shoes, brand cologne, or how long ago his office had been dusted. She noticed those things. The question was, did she know what to do with that kind of information?

“It must be lonely to not have any pictures of those you care about,” Isabel said out of the blue, leaving the previous subject behind, taking him by surprise. He was so used to not having pictures of anyone by now that the comment seemed out of place. Like she should know he didn’t keep any.

“The most valuable things are stored in my mind,” he said, leaving his puzzle alone and walking to the opposite corner from Isabel’s position. He stood facing the window, his leather chair separating them both. So now was the moment when Isabel was openly fishing for her own answers.

“It’s gotta be easy to be a genius,” Isabel said, still looking out of the window.

“It has its moments,” he said with a small smile. What would Jake say to the same question? Would Jake see first the bright side and next the dark one? “It’s gotta be easy to be able to do all you can do,” he stated back. Isabel turned to look at him, and her eyes moved to a spot beside him. To the window. To the shattered window.

“It has its moments,” she repeated his own words, returning her gaze to him. He let go the smallest of laughs, his eyes turning to the outside. What a subtle reminder that his safety around these people was all but an illusion.

“Are they really okay? Our parents?” she asked after a long pause, turning to look at him, her eyes as expectant as Dave had imagined her parents’ had been when they were listening to Isabel’s and Max’s story. And he also saw fear in them. Fear that he was lying to her, to them all.

For someone who had lost both their kids and didn’t know if they were alive or not, yeah… he had seen worse. “They are okay,” he answered her instead. They both held each other’s eyes for a moment. She wanted proof, he knew, but the kind of proof she wanted she would only get when she talked with her parents herself. And that wouldn’t happen ‘til the end of the month because the Special Unit was just too close to their parents now since Maria’s birthday was the next day. Oh no, special dates like birthdays and holidays were just about the worst case scenario to set up the kids with their families.

“Once it’s safer for you to call them… you know, between Maria’s and Max’s birthdays…” Dave trailed off. He had already explained this to Liz. Surely Isabel was aware of it by now.

“Speaking of that,” Isabel said, all her seriousness returning, with more than a hint of determination in her eyes, “there’s something we need to change about your idea for Maria’s present.”

Dave regarded her for a moment. Why did he suddenly feel like she was not going to give him a choice about this?


TBC…
"There's addiction, and there's Roswell!"
User avatar
Misha
Addicted Roswellian
Posts: 425
Joined: Thu Jun 20, 2002 10:44 am
Location: Guatemala City, Guatemala

Chapter 25

Post by Misha »

Thank you for coming back to read!

Okay, it's 10:00pm now, and I have to go to bed if I pretend to have some work done tomorrow at my office... sooooooo I'll answer feedback tomorrow night!!! THANKS FOR THE WAIT!!! Hope the chapter is worth it :)



XXV
Future



Cheese Factory.

The words wouldn’t leave Maria’s mind as they were entering The Shop. Because her birthday was tomorrow, Maria had started thinking about her future more and more. Not the distant one with Space Boy, a bunch of kids, and a car wash, but the most immediate one. She always did that on her birthday: Tried to decipher what the future would bring next. Therefore she now had in mind what was she going to become. And though the Cheese Factory had never been on her top ten dream jobs list, it had been there, somewhere… down there… at the bottom. The Cheese Factory meant the future she had to avoid at all costs.

Because the Cafeteria had still been full for no apparent reason by 12:30, they had decided to head back to their apartments after their Gym session. Yet Maria had insisted that she needed some things from The Shop, and though she had wanted to come alone, or with Michael, all 5 of them were walking through the pretty much deserted place while Isabel was still at her interview.

Truth be told, Maria was thinking of getting a thing or two for her birthday “celebration”. She was sure she had seen cake mixes somewhere, so she was thinking about some small cake, a candle, and five friends chanting “Happy Birthday”. Who knew? Maybe a present or two, though she seriously doubted anything from The Shop would qualify as present-material, but okay. It was the thought that counted.

She had checked yesterday that her kitchen indeed had a small oven to cook her birthday cake, and that had brought memories of home. She was certain that her mother was going to cook a delicious cake because it was tradition... and this was Maria’s first birthday away… For the millionth time since she had “run away”, she wished she could talk to her mother.

God, how she missed her. For everything that Maria hadn’t said to her in the past three years, for all the secrets she had kept, now that her mother –probably- knew the whole truth and no more silence was needed, now they couldn’t talk. She suppressed a sigh of frustration and the need for punching the next available thing –which was Michael- and kept looking for the box with a cake printed on it.

Her mother had always talked to her about the future. About how great things were waiting for her if she was ready. Always looking for the opportunity to get away from Roswell, New Mexico. Well, Mom, I did get out of Roswell, New Mexico. And probably for good too.

Yep, now here she was, hunting for some stupid cake, in some underground facility where her human-alien boyfriend was bound to stay and play car games. When had her future life changed from being a super star to being in a sci-fi novel? Probably at some point on the 285 South route, and it had stayed on the same path once she had turned down her really good chance at being a pop star.

Choices was the answer to her question. She was exactly where she was because of the choices she had made, and when Michael grunted behind her that he had found the candles, she turned around and kissed him. Her choices had led her to Michael, and that she could never regret.

“Thanks,” Maria said, leaving a somehow startled Michael as she turned to the shelves, “Now all I need to find is the cake…”

She knew that Michael hated shopping, but the tension she felt coming in vibes behind her didn’t exactly feel like anxiety born out of boredom. She turned once again, this time to face Michael. “What’s wrong?” she asked.

“Nothing,” Michael defensively said, which let Maria know there actually was something. She arched one eyebrow in response.

“It’s just that… that you shouldn’t need to be looking for a cake…” Michael sort of explained, a little annoyed, and a little… guilty?

“Hey, we might be in a crappy situation, but I still want my cake,” Maria tried to joke lightly, and the shadow that passed his eyes didn’t exactly reflect what she had aimed for. She bet he was thinking “you are in this crappy situation because of me”, and there was nothing she could do to contradict that statement.

“I know,” Michael answered, his intense gaze going past her, searching for the cake as well.

Michael was in her very near future as well. Had she been asked five years ago, she would have said that the Cheese Factory wasn’t even close to making an appearance on Michael’s list. Jail, more likely. Now she wondered what was in store for Michael as well.

Ten feet away, he stopped and silently pointed. What was in store for her Spaceboy, she thought, as she walked to stand beside him, the chocolate, strawberry, and vanilla cake boxes in front of her. Once they had somewhat started a steady relationship, they both had pretty much assumed that his future would end up on a spaceship, and going home. Hadn’t he so honestly told her that he could only give her now? Hadn’t he said that he couldn’t really picture it, but that he himself thought that someday he was going back?

Well, she doubted Michael was ever going back. The possibility was still there, sure, but it wasn’t as… heavy as it used to be. Nope, they were more thinking about staying alive and ahead of their hunters. Now, that wasn’t happening either, since they were already trapped. Gee, talk about hard, unclear and unknown futures… She now missed the days of worrying about ending up in the Cheese Factory…

Michael looked at her intently as she was still staring at the three flavors. By the looks of it, not many people baked too many cakes since there were barely any boxes, let alone a second brand to choose from. She finally picked chocolate. She knew that everybody liked the flavor, especially with Tabasco mixed in it for her three favorite hybrids. She liked spicy food too, but those three were sometimes –if not every time- too much. But hey, at least they could make anything edible by adding Tabasco, and for that she had envied them on some very long days on the road.

Their futures were linked, weren’t they? She wondered as they both headed back to the others. She wondered for a brief second what would happen if for some reason she wanted to leave. Would their deal be off since it had to be the six of them? She frowned, deciding that she would ask exactly that to the man with all the answers: Dave. Not that she was thinking of leaving, but it was a rather interesting question.

“Isabel’s on her way,” Max said as he was checking his G.E.S.

“So she knows we are going to meet at your apartment?” Kyle asked, happily chewing on some cheese snacks. The four of them turned to stare at him since he was eating while still inside The Shop.

“What?” he asked, “it’s not like they are going to charge me for it anyways…” he defended himself.

“Yeah, I’ve just told her,” Max answered Kyle’s first question as Michael was taking some of the snacks for himself; Max was not far behind. Kyle murmured something about having craved cheese all day long so to go easy on his snack. As Maria placed in front of them the candles and the cake mix box, they all stopped again to stare at what she was doing, making her feel way too self-conscious for some reason. It was her turn to ask, “What?”

As one, the four of them turned to look at anything but the birthday cake. Maria narrowed her eyes. Why did she suddenly have the impression that everybody knew something that she didn’t?


* * *


“Well, that’s interesting,” Michael said with a small smirk, slowly pacing back and forth, as Isabel was telling them about her flash. She had started with the easiest part, she knew, but she was still rummaging in her mind about what to think of the possibility of bringing Jesse there to tell that part of her interview first.

“So, he wants Max to heal him?” Maria asked, turning to look at Max. He looked rather uncomfortable for a second, but then he shook his head.

“If he wanted that, he would have already asked,” he quietly said.

“Or rather forced you, if you ask me,” Kyle muttered as he was chewing on his nails. Max slightly nodded.

“He might ask for it yet,” Michael pointed out. “Maybe there’s more to this, but he can certainly benefit from you.”

“It wasn’t in the deal,” Liz said. “I know that’s not going to stop him, but… think about it. He would have said so the first time we met.”

“He wouldn’t admit it to begin with,” Isabel explained. “He barely acknowledges it to himself, for all I could gather from that flash. It’s a weakness.”

“A weakness we can exploit,” Michael confidently said, stopping his pacing.

“It is also something we can bargain with,” Liz added to Michael’s point. “I mean, it’s something we have that he might want,” she turned to look at Max, giving him a small reassuring smile. He returned it with a small smile of his own, as they locked into each other’s eyes. And all the other four members of the merry group collectively rolled their eyes as well. They could be so cheesy even when just giving reassuring smiles…

“That was all there was in the flash?” Michael eagerly asked, forgetting Max and Liz in their little world. Isabel though for a second, narrowing her eyes.

David,” she suddenly said. “Jake called Dave ‘David’.”

“That’s not exactly ground breaking information,” Michael said, a little annoyed. Isabel returned an annoyed look back.

“It was in the way Jake said it and how that made Dave feel. It was somehow… wrong. There’s some significance to the change of name.”

“You got that from a flash?” Kyle asked, a little amazed.

“I thought the name changing didn’t really matter, but in retrospect... He was really worried about the asthma attack, but when Jake called him ‘David’, it struck some chord… he didn’t like how it sounded.” The feeling was fuzzy, and very mixed up with all the very strong emotions that Dave had felt as air had failed to reach his lungs. She still had to factor in the emotional roller coaster she had been put through too, so this memory could be a… a mislead for all she knew. But there was a resonance to it. David. “That’s all I can recall of the flash.”

“What happened after that? After you got the flash?” Maria asked, looking at her intently. She was a little nervous, Isabel noticed, and more eager than she had been when they were having these meetings to update everyone. Maria must really be anxious about her interview tomorrow, Isabel thought for a second, knowing full well what the anticipation felt like.

“He talked about Jesse,” she quietly started. The room fell silent instantly, almost as if someone had yelled “freeze!” out of the blue. She didn’t like the way they looked at her, but swallowed it knowing they were only worried about her and her husband.

So she told them about Jesse being in Boston and unknowingly working for Dave. She told them about how Dave had told her all about his life, and, finally, that he had given her “permission” to ask him if he wanted to come here.

“What?!” Michael and Maria said at the same time. Max silently regarded her.

“You have to answer him now?” Kyle asked after a tense silence.

“No,” she said, “he said I could take my time, but the fact is…” she stopped in mid-sentence. She barely had had time to stop and think this whole thing through, and saying it out loud didn’t seem exactly right. “I just don’t know what to think about his offer. I don’t know what to tell Jesse if I call him.”

She turned her eyes to Max as Michael said what she was dreading to hear, “You can’t bring Jesse here. That would give Dave yet another advantage over us.”

“He already has Jesse on his radar,” Liz quietly said, “there’s not much difference in that regard…”

Michael gave an exasperated grunt, as if it was so obvious that he was right and there was nothing to consider.

“If he wants to use Jesse against us,” Kyle quietly said as well, “it doesn’t really matter where the guy is…”

But Isabel’s eyes were locked to Max’s. It wasn’t a matter of if Jesse could be used against them –against her- easier this way or not, it was if Jesse should even consider losing his life again to this. And Max knew that. He knew the terrible burden she was carrying, torn between wanting Jesse back and letting him have the life he was supposed to have. Max slightly shook his head. “This is a decision you should make, not us,” he said, with that tone he reserved for very serious issues.

“Max, this affects all of us,” Michael argued back, and this time Isabel did turn to look at him. It really hurt to hear this from Michael, because deep down, Isabel knew Michael was right.

“It concerns only two people, Michael,” Max said, calm but firm. “Kyle is right, Jesse is already in this game whether he knows it or not, and whether we like it or not. Whatever Dave decides to do, we can’t stop him.” He paused for two seconds, and then turned to look at her again. “You know Jesse better than any of us. If you think… that he should have the choice to come…” Max trailed off, his words echoing in her mind.

For the second time that day, Isabel wished the decision to bring Jesse back to her life or not didn’t have to be on her shoulders.


* * *


To the average eye, Richard Adams didn’t seem any different than any 56 year old man. He was thin, tall, still had much of his –graying- hair intact, and wore glasses all the time since contacts and him were not exactly good friends. He liked things neatly ordered, had a soft spot for classic black and white movies, and absolutely hated to be called “Richie”. His light blue eyes could stare at the same spot for hours, and some could believe the guy had mummified himself in front of a monitor. Or so Jake liked to tease him.

In reality, he was a prodigy himself. English by birth, he had traveled half the world and was a whiz at computer stuff. He was one of those oddities to kids these days: He was an adult who knew more about their computers than they knew about the latest X-box game. He had worked for MI 6 first, for the CIA later, and had finally gone to the Interpol by the middle of the cold war. There he had first gotten word of Dave.

Now, Richard Adams was the administrator of the whole complex, and aside from Dave, Richard knew exactly who was who and had a general idea of what they were doing in each and every one of the 120 labs that were in this place. After all, Richard’s mind kept everything on file, much like Dave’s and Jake’s did.

Just like everything in his life, his thoughts were very ordered too. One thing led to the next one. One, two, three. A, B, C. From this point directly to the next, no shortcuts taken, nothing out of place. And that exactly was his weakest point, and why, back in the day, he hadn’t been able to catch Dave. Because, really, who could compete against chaos? And for all Richard knew, Dave’s mind was exactly that: Chaos.

But a chaos that works… Richard muttered to himself as he was checking his watch. 2:43 p.m. At 3:00 p.m. he had a meeting with the newest residents of the complex, and Richard was… curious. Dave had never re-scheduled anyone in the six years Richard had been an Administrator to this place. In fact, in all the time that Dave had come and gone to the complex in the last eight months, this was the first time that he had stayed this long and had taken such care of his “guests”.

At first, Richard had thought that Dave had stayed around because of his birthday, and since Jake was here as well, it was only natural. But that call on Monday afternoon to re-schedule these six new people… It was suspicious, and that was why Richard was curious. After all, it had been a while since Richard had gotten to discover something new about Dave.

Chaos, he repeated to himself. Groups of six had been coming for the past six months, and Richard had had the keen eye to spot which of those six were actually valuable to Dave. These groups never lasted. They were really some sort of distraction to bring one or two out of those six into this place, and soon everyone else was reassigned to the other facilities around the world. Though every time it was getting harder and harder to spot who was the important one.

But these six… Three worked with Jake and three worked with Ray. The two closest people to Dave Richard knew about, aside from Susset. What was so important about these six then? That was why he had come to the Cafeteria in the first place, to see what others knew about these strangers.

Thursdays were the best days to get the scoop on what was really going on. For some forgotten reason, people had chosen Thursdays to gather and, well, gossip. It was supposed to be an exchange of information and getting to know your neighbors from other departments, but Richard knew –just as everybody else knew- that the real reason everyone came here was to know everything but science.

He checked his watch again, 2:46. Time to go. He reluctantly stood up from his place in the Cafeteria and, nodding to his friends as he passed them by, finally reached the entrance and crossed in the direction of his office. No one was talking about the six kids… He knew that they had already gone to the Network Keepers Base and had spent the last afternoon at Engineering, but both Network Keepers and engineers hadn’t been around this Thursday. Keepers were well entertained by Dave’s latest appearance in Maui for all Richard knew, and engineers were really occupied with the new security system.

No, Richard would have to wait for another week to get any insightful information. The fact that Jake and Ray hadn’t made it into the Cafeteria-gossip-heaven was curious too. What were these six new White Cards doing with Jake and Ray to begin with? Even with his own White Card and Six Level Clearance, Richard only had a general description of what they were doing. And if Jake was involved, it had to be something very interesting.

He felt like he had been left out of the loop. And that was a really hard position to be in, Richard thought as he took the elevator and went two floors below. To be the Administrator of this entire place meant that Dave trusted him a great deal. After all, if Richard really wanted to, he could place Dave in real trouble, and both men knew that. It could be really simple, since Richard was in that selective 18% that actually knew who Dave was. And, to make it even more exclusive, he was also in that 1.56% that knew Dave’s past as well.

Few things in Dave’s life were blanks to Richard -or so he liked to think-, mainly the last two years. After all, because the older man had been chasing the elusive Dave, he had been granted permission to see a lot of “for your eyes only” documents. And right when he had thought he had had Dave, Dave had turned things around and had had Richard instead. The hunter had become the hunted.

And an offer had been made.

But all that was old news. Really old news. Sixteen years ago old news to be precise, right before Dave faked his own death. Something Dave wouldn’t have been able to do without Richard’s assistance, now that he was thinking about it. Yet Richard knew better than to go against Dave. He had gotten a pretty good deal 16 years ago, and he was not about to mess that up. After all, in all that time, Richard had gotten to see both sides of Dave: The “good” one and the “bad” one, and he certainly wanted to remain on the first one.

Dave was easy going most of the time, so Richard had had a good time being the Administrator, especially since he got a lot of freedom to act as he saw fit. Except for Network Keepers and two or three people, the complex pretty much ran itself. The Keepers were an annoyance most of the time, Richard reflected as he entered his office at 2:54, but were needed. After all, any security breaches that these kids could find meant a better and improved security system, not to mention all the chores they had to do to keep this place up to date.

God, had he been beyond annoyed when they had messed with the time controllers, making everyone believe they were 3 hours off… Dave had laughed over the video conference, and had laughed when they both had met later and discussed the matter.

“How could they not notice what they have stumbled upon?” Dave had said as they were looking through what the Keepers had done, with a smile on his face.

“It doesn’t bother you that they could have messed up a lot more than just time controllers?” Richard had said, worried at the lack of importance Dave seemed to be giving the matter.

“I don’t usually worry about what didn’t happen, Richard. But they do amuse me.”


And indeed, after they both had cleared up and rewrote a couple of thousands of lines into the program, there was no need to worry about what the Keepers hadn’t done. But sure, Dave could be annoying as well. Richard let go a small, mischievous smile. When for some reason he wanted to annoy Dave, he would call him David, and Dave would just turn to look at him, and start his next sentence with “Richie”. Dave was very aware that Richard knew far more than he should about Dave’s own past, but as long as Richard didn’t use that to his advantage, Dave let it go. Though they weren’t friends, they both respected each other as the old enemies they had once been. After all, if you broke and traced Dave’s codes, you got the rare praise and attention of Dave himself.

Of course, Richard had to swallow hard that he had lost and Dave had won. Wasn’t it proof enough that Richard was working for Dave now?

His watch read 3:00 p.m. and no one made an appearance. That was annoying. He hated when people weren’t on time. When at 3:03 p.m. someone knocked at his door, Richard had already reviewed all his theories about the six people that were about to enter his domain.

Not that Richard would ever get to know that none of those theories were right.


* * *


Michael was confused. And for once, it didn’t have anything to do with Maria.

He didn’t like to be confused. Worse yet, he didn’t like Max’s eyes on him, waiting for Michael to tell him what was on his mind. Because Michael couldn’t really pin down what was on his mind to begin with.

It all had started when they had entered the Administration office, and for some reason Michael had been expecting it to look like the Principal’s office –a place he had seen many times- but it had surprisingly looked a lot like Jake’s place, except that the room had been walled up with shelves and shelves of books. On one side was the administration’s desk, and at the other his living room, much like Jake’s as well. For some reason too, Michael had felt as if he were walking into an ambush.

Two and a half hours later, he had felt yet again like he was in the middle of an ambush. And the feeling had had nothing to do with the place, but with the disjointed flash he had –finally!- gotten in that room. Of course, the key word there was disjointed.

“I don’t know what I saw. It doesn’t make sense!”

Michael irritably said while stepping out from behind the counter that separated the kitchen/pantry from the living room –pretty much the same way his apartment had been- and started to pace, passing his hands through his hair in an attempt to clear his thoughts away.

Max silently watched him, and for some reason that was worse than Max saying anything. At least if Max opened his mouth, then Michael could shut him up for him to think in peace. But Max had learned his lesson long ago, and so now he was waiting for Michael to get a grip on his own.

Michael glared at Max. What, Max had shaken Dave’s hand and had gotten a pretty neat vision about Dave worrying if they didn’t accept. Isabel had casually picked up a puzzle piece and had gotten a Technicolor version of Dave having an asthma attack. But no, of course he couldn’t even get one flash straight.

“You saw Richard…” Max tentatively said, as if trying to focus Michael’s mind one piece at a time.

“You know how he was in the middle of all those rules and stuff about this place,” Michael said, stopping his pacing. Max nodded. “So I got bored and started thinking about what Isabel said, you know, about David.” Max nodded again.

It had all been so fast. Richard had handed Maria a pen for her to scribble something he had just said, and she had dropped the pen. So Michael had absently picked it up and then…

“He ambushed him,” Michael started, frowning. He had gotten several images, but they didn’t make sense. When he had picked up the pen and had gotten the flash, he had almost fallen himself –tripping over Maria and almost bringing her down with him as well- and had dropped the pen not even two seconds afterwards.

“Who ambushed whom?” Max asked, looking intently at Michael.

“I don’t know. It might have been Dave to Richard or Richard to Dave…” Michael said in frustration, turning and going to sit on the couch. Max followed him with his gaze, still standing on the other side of the counter. “It feels like both.” And it sounded like crap. But it was like Isabel had said, it felt that way.

“But what exactly did you see?” Max pressed, “I mean, for you to get that feeling…”

“Richard was seeing some paper in a folder. It had red letters, reading something like ‘confidential’ or ‘for your eyes only’ or that kind of crap that movies show. I don’t know, but I got the feeling this Richard guy was reading about Dave.”

“So it was Richard ambushing Dave,” Max rationalized. Michael shook his head.

“No, there were these numbers… Not in the file… just a random image I got… The numbers from the wall in Dave’s office I think,” Michael’s eyes traveled to that moment in time when he had looked up to those numbers. If the ones from his vision were the same, then those numbers really meant something important. “I think Richard thought he had gotten Dave, but it turned out the other way around. It felt like a long time ago as well…” It sounded right enough, okay, but Michael couldn’t make sense of all the other blurry images he had gotten. And it was frustrating to no end.

“I’m sure it’ll become clear soon,” Max started to offer, but Michael just grunted as he sat on his couch. He tried to concentrate on each and every image. Not just about the numbers, but the feelings as well… About catching Dave… about catching someone important… someone dangerous. Someone too young to be that dangerous. But it was all too vague.

“I don’t know what the hell I saw,” he repeated after a minute. “It was… it had to do… with numbers… and that file…”

“You have had these kinds of flashes before, and they come clear later,” Max said again, trying to calm him.

“The problem Max is that we don’t have time for that!” Michael snapped back. “If this Richard knows things about Dave—”

A knock interrupted Michael’s words. Both Max and Michael turned to look at the door. Knocking -and not ringing- was almost an assurance that the outsider was one of their group and not someone else. Max left the kitchen and opened the door. Isabel entered after crossing looks with her brother.

“What did you get?” Isabel directly asked Michael, who only raised his eyebrows. How did she know? “Come on Michael, I’ve seen you getting flashes before, I know you got one,” she said, standing in the living room as Max went to lean over the wall where the counter was.

“It’s not clear,” Michael said, angry at Isabel knowing, angry at the fact he couldn’t get one damned flash straight too. Isabel let go a sigh of almost… relief?

“I thought you had gotten something bad… bad enough to not want to share it with the others,” Isabel explained.

“Well it is bad enough if I can’t piece it together,” Michael said, his frustration growing. Isabel turned to look at Max, worried.

“I’ve already told him that it would become clear with time. He already knows the flash is about Dave ambushing Richard… or something…” Max said, unconsciously rubbing his right ear lobe.

“Ambushing?” Isabel said, alarmed. “What do you mean, ‘ambushing’? Like he did with us?”

“No,” Michael said, frowning. “Nothing like that. It was more like…” Michael tried to refocus on his flash. What had Richard felt when he was reading that file? “It was like a mind game or something… I think Richard was following Dave, but hell if I know how long ago. It just felt like a really old thing.”

“And Dave ambushed him,” Isabel repeated Michael’s words out loud. “But… that’s a good thing then,” Isabel said, and both Michael and Max stared at her as if she had turned purple out of the blue.

“Think about it,” she said, alternating looking at her brother and Michael, “Dave ambushed Richard probably a long time ago, and yet Richard is down here. That means Dave respects his deals.”

“We don’t know why Richard is here in the first place,” Michael pointed out. “And Richard is not like us.”

Isabel tried to argue but stopped herself before starting. She turned to look at Max as if trying to find help there. Max looked at Michael for a moment, and then turned to look at Isabel. “Michael’s right. Richard is not like us,” and then he looked back at Michael, “But Isabel is right too. If Richard was trying to ambush Dave then he was Dave’s enemy. Yet he’s here. That’s interesting at least.”

“That’s useless,” Michael half grunted as he leaned further back on the couch, staring at the ceiling. How long would it take him to decipher his flash? And what if, after all, there was nothing useful there? Another knock on the door made him sit straight again.

It was Kyle this time, and as Isabel was closing the door she had opened a minute before, a silence fell in the room. Kyle looked at the three of them rather uncomfortably. “What? This was an-aliens-only meeting?” Before any of the three could sort of deny that –it had started as a Max-Michael meeting to be truthful- Kyle dismissively moved his hand in mid-air. “Whatever. Liz and Maria are still cooking Maria’s birthday cake at Maria’s place, so I was heading to my apartment but I wanted to know how the plans for tomorrow were going. You’ve got Dave’s permission?”

At the mere thought of “tomorrow’s plans” a.k.a. Maria’s present, Michael tensed. Who the hell cared about the damned flash when more pressing issues were at hand? Like Maria being up there with Dave tomorrow morning… He wasn’t sure if his veins were freezing, or if his blood was boiling…

But Isabel nodded to Kyle’s question. “He seemed a little surprised though. I guess he didn’t see any problem with splitting us up tomorrow,” Isabel said. “He just frowned a moment, and then said we should have a good time.” Michael just rolled his eyes. When Dave had told him what he could do for Maria’s present, Michael had thought it was all a set up of some kind. After a day of mulling it over, he had finally told Max and Isabel. And both had agreed with him that it could all come off as a set up, but… It could really be just a good idea... So Isabel had come up with a way of keeping the good idea and feeling like this wasn’t that much of a set up. If things went along smoothly once she presented the change to Dave, then they would all breathe easily tomorrow morning, afternoon and night.

“So, we’re all set?” Kyle asked, first looking at Isabel, and then looking at Michael. Max and Isabel also turned to look at him as if he had the final word on this whole thing. Great, just great…

If he survived tomorrow’s anxiety and if this place survived his anxiousness as well, then… well… He reluctantly nodded at Kyle, Max and Isabel. They all had agreed it was, in fact, a good idea, but Michael was still way too wired at the prospect of Maria’s interview. If he could have it his way, then Maria would be spending her birthday anywhere but here. Yeah… just great…

He just hoped, really, really hoped, that this time around he had gotten Maria’s present right.


TBC...
"There's addiction, and there's Roswell!"
User avatar
Misha
Addicted Roswellian
Posts: 425
Joined: Thu Jun 20, 2002 10:44 am
Location: Guatemala City, Guatemala

Chapter 26: Night Visions

Post by Misha »

Thanks for coming back to read!!

Well, thanks to my betas' efficient work, here's chapter 26. Thank you girls!! I would never dare to post without you!!

Hope this is worth the long wait!! :oops:



XXVI
Night Visions



It was the thought that wasn’t letting Jake sleep. The same thought that had been slowly creeping into the back of his mind ever since he had seen Max, Michael and Isabel entering his office and had made him say: “For Pete’s sake, you are going to faint!”

It was that same thought that was the reason behind why Jake had been progressively trying to corner Dave for the past three days, as Ray had noticed. The very thought that was now running through his mind 24/7: What is Dave really up to? And, lately, Jake had also been trying to figure out why he had so willingly –and cheerfully- fallen into Dave’s plan.

Well, if Jake had to pick a talent for Dave, it would be that Dave had a damned good talent for letting you draw your own conclusions. He was a master at omissions, which were actually easier to keep in check than flat out lies. Dave didn’t like to lie because it wasn’t practical, and though omitting things came with its own bag of problems, it was actually easier. Besides, when it came to placing blame, well… Jake had to admit that he had gotten carried away by his own fault.

It had all made sense, really. Dave needed to deal with the kids’ trust issues, and with everything that had happened to them in four years, those weren’t –by any rate- small issues. Jake had gotten a general version of all those things in the beginning, and once he had said he was really eager to help Dave, he had gotten a more detailed version. But Jake had mostly stayed out of the way of Ray and Dave. Until they both had asked him for an opinion on how to get them off the road, Jake had spent a lot of time reading anything he could put his hands on about paranormal research. There was a lot of useless information to read through, but some things were really interesting.

Jake gave a little sad laugh. He had immersed himself in the subject and Dave had blissfully left him ignorant of anything else. If Jake wasn’t asking it, then Dave wasn’t telling it. So, when Jake had asked things about their families and their lives in general, Dave had accordingly responded about it “in general”.

He had later gotten access to Meta-Chem’s and the Special Unit’s research, which were no small wonders, and that had been the first time that he had really wondered how important these kids were to Dave. It all had been so clear for Jake then. These amazing kids were wandering around, with no clear path, with no end point, just waiting to be caught. Hence tracking them, trapping them and then letting them go. Dave had said as much, of course, and the annoying part was that it was all true. Every single piece of information that Dave had given him, from their alien origins to the research to their vulnerability out there was all true.

From the moment that Dave had presented him the project, Jake had always known that Dave was after their safety. More than anything else Dave’s biggest concern was to get them off the road, and Jake had thought that otherwise, those kids would have been doomed to stay on the run for the rest of their lives. But… here were the omissions, Jake thought as he rolled onto his side. Why had it taken Dave two years to reach the conclusion that they “needed” him? And better yet, why had Dave spent seven months planning how to get them off the road?

Oh yeah, Jake perfectly understood Dave’s plan about crashing their illusions and following Ray’s plan about the gas leak and all that stuff, but… that was an awful lot of time preparing the catch. That should have given Jake the first clue that there was a lot of information that Dave was not sharing.

Jake snorted to himself. Really, the first clue had stared right at him the first moment he had gotten a look at those three hybrids standing in his office. They had never wanted to be studied, much less had they accepted this offer out of the sheer joy of scientific explanations and the advancements it could potentially bring to the world of tomorrow. That should have given him the first clue as to how much he had been assuming right away.

Even when they had arrived early just barely a week ago, he had done a thoroughly general medical check on each one of them, because just like Dave, Jake was worried about their well being. If Dave had had it his way, they would have stayed sedated for a week and not only three days, but it all had made sense in Jake’s mind. It always had made sense in Jake’s mind.

The plan had worked. For any reasons stored in Dave’s psyche, the plan had worked perfectly and the six kids were here, weren’t they? Now Jake found himself trapped in the middle of his best friend’s plan and the future of these kids.

What is it that you want, Dave? And why are you not telling me a word of it? Jake had wanted to ask this of Dave that morning while Dave had been recovering from his asthma attack and Ray had been dismissed. Contrary to whatever Ray might have thought, Jake and Dave had remained silent for the rest of the hour, both men lost in their own thoughts. It was a long shot, but Jake had wanted for Dave to talk out of the blue if only to fill the silence. Except that the tactic hadn’t exactly worked. Dave had never been afraid of silence, and could very well hold his tongue for whatever amount of time he needed to. Hadn’t Jake been witness to that in the past? It unnerved Jake how Dave could go into his mind and shut everyone else out. Especially when they had been kids.

Jake rolled yet once more to the other side of his bed. If there had been any chance to get Dave to talk, it had been this morning. Asthma attacks had always left Dave feeling uneasy, his mind foggy. Jake laughed at himself again. Dave might have slipped one or two times had he been questioned at that moment, but more likely than not, he would have turned to look at Jake with a vacant expression and conveniently changed subjects. Oh yeah, Jake knew the tactic really well.

When they had met later to talk about Isabel, Dave had been distracted as well, but this time around he had been immersed in Isabel’s re-telling of their story. Especially about Tess, and Jake’s interest had been sparked.

“I don’t get it,” Dave had said out of the blue, “all four of them have their big issues with the girl, which is understandable, and I knew it was going to be hard to get a somewhat objective idea of her out of the four, but… Things don’t add up.”

No, they didn’t add up. Many probably because they were distorted now by the kids’ accounts of events. Some because, in the end, Tess had mostly been a loner who had never gotten a chance to explain her side, assuming the girl had had a more honorable side than what Isabel had described... But that aside, it was something else that had gotten Jake really thinking: For someone who had dreamwalked Max to save him from the White Room, and who had later dreamwalked Laurie Dupree to find her, the other four kids who had already been interviewed didn’t seem to find that relevant in the least.

When Max and Isabel had first started talking about their abilities, it had seemed to Jake odd that they would share all of their powers, but that Max and Tess would be… enhanced further. He had wondered if maybe Isabel’s and Michael’s abilities to heal, dreamwalk and mindwarp were just dormant. Now he was curious at the possibility that maybe there was more to these “unique” abilities than the kids had first told. It would stand to reason that they would lie about certain things. What if they could all dreamwalk? It would be a safe way to communicate without anyone being suspicious.

He kept remembering Ray’s words about the funny dream he had where Isabel was asking him if he was an alien. When Ray had first brought it up, Jake had thought it was a strange dream, and the thought had stuck with him for no good reason all this time. He kept thinking about what all three of them had said in the past three days. He also kept thinking about the things that Dave had told him, especially the bits and pieces they had found in the “alien book”. And it all kept swirling around his mind, his own inner puzzle.

Why me? Jake finally thought. Why had Dave picked him to deal with this entire thing? There were a lot of people who would qualify really well for the job. People who would have asked no questions at all to begin with, let alone try to corner Dave. Jake frowned. That was a part of the puzzle he hadn’t really considered. He was part of Dave’s pieces, wasn’t he? Dave had carefully thought this whole thing through, and for some reason had wanted Jake here. Jake frowned even deeper.

Why would Dave not want a random person dealing with the aliens’ secret? Dave dealt with sensitive information all the time, and trusted others when it came to dealing with it. All kinds of research, transactions, business and information. Hell, Dave hadn’t even trusted Susset with this, and his assistant certainly dealt with more secrets than Ray and Jake ever did combined.

Dave had only trusted them, and trusted might even be a little bit of a stretch. After all, he wasn’t telling them the whole plan. He didn’t want anyone knowing the whole plan. He had scattered his informants when he had first sent them into Roswell, and now he only wanted Jake and Ray close to them. Obviously, the less people who knew, the better.

That was a measure to protect the “Pod Squad”, of course, yet… why all the secrecy about his plan? Why all these omissions? Why not tell Ray, or Jake, or, -God forbid!- the kids themselves? The nagging feeling in Jake’s gut told him that it was because Dave was up to no good.

“But I know you, Dave!” Jake whispered in frustration, now lying face up on his bed, “Why won’t you tell me? What are you after that is so bad you can’t even bring yourself to tell me, yet you put me right in the middle of your plans?”

And then, for the first time, an idea intruded in Jake’s mind: What if Dave was not keeping his plan secret because he thought he was not doing the right thing, but rather because he knew if he told them, if he told him, he would be putting Jake in danger?

What was Dave afraid of? Why was he so afraid someone else might find out the truth about what he wanted to do?

* * *


“This place sure has a lot of rules…” Liz said as she was trying to open the ice cream for dessert. Max absently reached for it beside her as he was sitting in their tiny dining room. He was feeling tired. Really tired. Liz turned around to fetch a couple of spoons and, as he placed the ice cream in the middle of their small round table, she stopped to look at him.

“You look exhausted Max,” she said, with an uncertainty that Max both heard in her voice and felt in her connection. She was worried.

“I guess sleep is finally catching up with me,” he jokingly said. He knew, just as Liz knew, that he hadn’t been sleeping much in the past week. If it wasn’t late conversations and early wakings, it was dreaming about white rooms, and bad situations or just plain insomnia, and that—

“Did you feel something different this morning?” Liz asked, efficiently cutting through his thoughts.

“Different? About what?” Max asked her back, his spoon going deep into the ice cream. Liz just stared at him for a whole ten seconds, making Max stop with his spoon and, looking at her, really think what had happened that morning.

He had woken up really early, around 5:30 and, unable to sleep, he had showered, washed the dishes, cleaned up the little mess they could possibly have made in the four days they had been living in this place, explored the menu on his plasma monitor and, by 6:45, he had started preparing breakfast, which had awakened Liz some half an hour later. He frowned. Liz was still staring at him, expectant, as if he had never asked her what she was talking about.

Maybe she was referring to the fact that Dave had changed Isabel’s hour and therefore Ray had let them change theirs as well? He couldn’t think of anything else that had gone differently that morning.

“You didn’t feel… anything different… in our connection?” Liz asked, a tinge of fearfulness in her voice. It was Max’s turn to worry.

“What do you mean ‘different’?” His side of the connection felt charged as he suddenly directed all his attention to it. Was there something different after all?

“I don’t know… it felt… sort of low. Like you suddenly were far away or something, when you were just right there, in the kitchen,” Liz explained, seated beside him, her spoon forgotten in her right hand.

Max took Liz’s left hand in his own, their connection becoming stronger as they were physically linked. His eyes focused on hers. He could feel her emotions as if they were his, all those thoughts that had been accumulating in her mind for the past week. Everything that he had been feeling in the past few hours was there as well. Nothing felt amiss.

“I don’t feel anything different,” he said, frowning. “Do you?” Liz shook her head, her eyes pensive.

“It was only for an instant this morning and then it was gone, the feeling that it was low, I mean. I don’t know Max, maybe I’m making too much out of this… but…” she let go of the spoon over the table and reached with her right hand for Max’s cheek.

“Maybe we are too tired or too worried and we might not be noticing these… signs, you know? That we are reaching some limit as to how much we can handle. Maybe we really should try to take things easy for a night and rest.”

“It is not the FBI who is going to kill you in the long run, you know. It’s stress.” Dave’s words echoed in Max’s mind as he heard Liz. The thought that he hadn’t been aware at all that Liz was feeling their connection was low troubled him. He had been tired in the morning, and he did feel like he could sleep for a week as well. It was just that… there were too many things to keep in mind to let go and relax.

Liz closed in for a light kiss, and as their foreheads touched she whispered, “Go to sleep Max, you really need it.” He nodded wordlessly as he kissed her, soothingly caressing her back. “I’ll be there in a minute,” she coaxed as she stood up, lifting him with her.

“But it’s so good in here,” he said, unable to resist stealing one more kiss from his wife. She lightly laughed and, with a pointing index towards their bedroom, she pushed him with her other hand.

“Go!”

He finally complied and went to their bedroom. Now that he knew he was heading to dreamland his body started to feel heavier, his eyelids wanting to close sooner rather than later. He barely registered he had brushed his teeth and, peeking one last time to see what was taking Liz so long –she was making a list of some sort and posting it on the fridge’s door- he finally headed to their bed.

He sat down, his eyelids barely staying open now, as if someone had switched him from “awake” to “sleep”. He felt like the room swayed for an instant. Gosh, he couldn’t remember when he had been so tired that he couldn’t keep his eyes open. It wasn’t a drugged feeling, just sheer tiredness and the need of rest. Too much was happening right now, and things could still go so wrong…

Still seated on his side of the bed, he closed his eyes and tried to let his mind go blank. Liz was right, he needed to sleep. Otherwise, he was not going to think clearly tomorrow, and with Michael’s anxiousness going sky high he needed to have a clear mind tomorrow. He had every confidence in Maria doing more than all right with Dave –the girl was an expert on verbal traps to begin with- and he was really looking forward to celebrating her birthday even if the circumstances weren’t exactly the best. They all needed a little bit of calm, he vaguely thought as his ideas started to get diffused, merging with each other.

And so he fell asleep. Literally. He fell on his left side, slowly at first, his feet still touching the floor, but by the time he hit the pillow things were getting tangled in his mind.

He did remember when had been the last time he had felt so tired, exhausted actually: The night he had healed the kids with cancer. And he had fallen as well then, hadn’t he? One instant he had healed Sydney and was going to leave, and the next one he had decided he couldn’t. He’d always had a pretty good idea that he couldn’t heal too many injuries or sickness at once, because the more complicated or extended the illness, the more it took out of his energy.

He had felt the strong pull that Brody’s daughter had taken out of him, but in such a small body, he had been able to handle it fairly well. The flashes had startled him then, such strange memories that he had never had himself, since he had never been that age. Young memories. The things that mattered to a six year old girl were entirely different from the things that would matter to a sixteen year old girl. Yet, for all the things he had had to fix in her little body, the healing had been rather quick, and though he had stood up a little shaken, overall he had felt good. But glancing around… seeing all those kids…

Part of him warned himself that there were too many kids to heal, but the other part of him argued that, because they were kids, he would be able to handle it. By the third child he had just shut off the side of his mind that was sending one hell of an alarm over the fact that he was barely able to stand. He could not keep healing before his entire energy reserve was swept away. He barely remembered thinking then I better hurry. His mind had been frenetic at the thought of not being able to reach the last kid. He had seen all the possibility that lay ahead of them, and the responsibility that lay in his hands.

How could he not?

But after the last boy… That feeling of exhaustion overtook him in a way that nothing had ever overtaken him before. It all had gotten blurred, a headache had taken residence at the back of his mind, a strange subtle buzz played in his ears, and breathing had taken such an enormous effort. He had briefly realized that he was feeling really warm, and he had wondered for a second if that was what having a fever felt like. Things had definitely swayed then.

As Max was falling asleep over his bed, that memory got fused with reality. As he softly hit the mattress he saw himself hitting the Phoenix Hospital’s floor. Everything felt in slow motion, the sounds coming in as far away echoes. He could hear his heart beating slower and slower. Where was Michael? He momentarily wondered, and in the logic of dreams he knew that Michael wasn’t there. He was alone, and he was powerless.

God, he felt so tired. Lying on his side on the floor, he knew people were coming. He could hear them trying to open the door. Urgency took over him. He had to get out of there and escape. He tried to move but nothing happened. His body just wouldn’t respond. All Max wanted in that moment was to lie down and rest, and on the other hand he needed to get up and run. His heart started to beat faster as anxiousness was gaining on him. He was going to be trapped.

The door was opened an instant later, but from his position in the floor Max’s eyes could barely make out any shapes. Things seemed to be seen through a lens that had been sprayed with water, shapes not having any definition and colors getting all mixed up. He could sense them coming, fast, and the more he fought with himself to stay awake, the more he could feel unconsciousness overcoming him. For some odd reason it felt good that they were coming though, and this puzzled him as he kept struggling to move and do something.

Max’s consciousness failed to tell him that, in the real world, Liz had opened the door and had seen the uncomfortable way her husband had taken to sleep. Max had just seemed to drop on the bed without even taken his shoes off. An overwhelming desire to lie next to him spread all over her soul. The poor guy was so dead to the world right now, Liz thought, that an entire stampede could cross the room and he wouldn’t notice. And it was about time as well. Max seriously needed to sleep.

As Liz bent down to untie his shoes and put his legs on the bed, Max’s mind tried to reconcile both worlds. His subconscious kept merging both realities in his dream. People were around him. He was lying on his side, unable to move, hardly able to breath. He felt more and more tired, and at the same time more and more desperate. If Michael wasn’t there, then no one knew where he was. What were they going to do to him? Of all the places in the world, he had to be trapped in a hospital?

He tried to panic, but oddly enough he was just glad that someone had come to his aid. He felt them moving him into a straight position. Gentle hands turned him so he would be face up. He was afraid though. Afraid that these nurses and doctors would discover what he was in mere minutes and that he would be unable to do a darned thing about it. He tried to speak, to say something that would make them understand that he had done no harm to the kids. That he himself meant no harm to anyone, but he couldn’t form a word.

When Liz finally had Max in the right position –face up right beside her- she put her hand over his chest, which was her favorite spot to sleep. In Max’s dreamworld, a doctor materialized out of nowhere and was listening to his heart with a stethoscope. Max’s heart tried to beat faster, but in fact he could hear it going slower again, as if he should be comfortable with the sensation on his chest.

Max tried to tell him that all he needed was rest. That nothing was wrong with him. That no test needed to be done. He struggled to look at him, to bring him into focus and, to his surprise, it was Jake who looked back at him in return. For a moment things didn’t make sense. Why would Jake be there? Still, Jake’s worried expression at what he was listening to scared Max.

“You need to stay asleep,” Jake said, and Max understood then that it wasn’t what Jake was listening to that worried him, but the fact that Max was awake. Jake needed to do his tests while Max was asleep. Darkness was overpowering the edges of his view as Max wanted to ask Jake what he was going to do to him. He lay helpless in Jake’s hands as the world finally lost any definition, color, and sound, and he was sucked into a dreamless blackness.

Max woke up with a start a couple of hours later feeling restless. His body was tense, and the memory of his last dream was still very vivid in his mind. Though it was the middle of the night he was wide awake, his heart beating faster than it should for someone who was lying down with his wife peacefully sleeping beside him. Yet one single thought wouldn’t leave his mind. The question they had all ignored for the past six days.

What had Jake actually done to him –to all of them- while they had been unconscious?


* * *


Dave was still out of her reach, and Isabel was growing more and more impatient with each passing minute. Of all the things she had thought Dave was going to tell her that morning, giving her the option of bringing Jesse had not been on that list. Her entire perspective on this whole thing had shifted into something she didn’t like. She wanted to hear that Jesse was safe, and that he would remain so for as long as they stayed here, but the idea of contacting Jesse, bringing him here…

She felt like there was a catch. Somewhere, somehow, Dave was using Jesse against her. But why? He already had her –had them- so what purpose could bringing Jesse here serve?

I’ve got to find out what he’s after, she had told herself the minute she had stepped out of his office. And the closest –and fastest- way she had available was entering the man’s dreams. Of course, that itself wouldn’t tell her much of his plan, but it would tell her about him. And a subconscious mind was a very good place to start looking for clues. Whatever Dave was dreaming, it would help her figure out if she should consider calling Jesse in the first place. If Jesse would want to come to the complex was an entirely different matter, but first things first. If she was really going to ask him to come, she had to be sure of more things than the few ones they barely had.

Yet, with every failed attempt in the last three nights to enter his dreamplane, Isabel grew more and more upset. She was sure now that Dave was human. He had to be after she had gotten the flash of his asthma attack. So, why wasn’t she able to enter this man’s dreams? What was she doing wrong? Could there possibly be people she couldn’t dreamwalk? It would only figure Dave would fall into that category, she sullenly thought.

What was worse was that now she was really contemplating dreamwalking Jake. To hell with her worries of Jake figuring out it was actually her in his dream. Aside from Max, no one had ever known she was there, and that didn’t even really count since her brother had been expecting her to begin with.

She thought about it for the next ten minutes, Jake’s face becoming clearer in her mind. Since she didn’t have a picture, she had to really concentrate on a mental image to get across. She needed to see Dave’s dreams, really, but how far could Jake be from Dave’s own agenda? They sure were working together, towards the same thing, so…

Besides, she needed to do something, to know something else, and she could feel the sparks running under her skin. She absently rubbed her fingers to get rid of the tingling feeling as she tried to calm herself down. Granted, she wasn’t planning on calling Jesse the very next day, but the idea that Dave was going to slip from her grasp in two days did nothing good for her cautiousness. And sure Jake was bound to know things about Dave, important, personal things about his best friend.

There sure seemed to be a million reasons to try to dreamwalk Jake, and only her fear of discovery was holding her back. Why was she so afraid of Jake, anyway? For all the nightmares she had ever had about a mad scientist and dark laboratories, this whole situation had become somehow surreal. Jake was exactly the total opposite of her idea of what was waiting for her behind that lab door. He was so… eager to work with them on good terms. And that look of anger when he had dismissed them yesterday… Anger directed at Dave. It was as if Jake was trying to look out for their best interests.

Still, she probably was subconsciously afraid of Jake because of what he represented: White walls and white lab coats. Yet the man had proven to be a fairly likeable person. She bit her lip and rolled to her side. She felt rather foolish for not trying Jake earlier, but she told herself that Jake could actually suspect she was around. What, with all the talk about their powers, he could very well at least think that dreaming about her was strange. Well, she was not planning on dreamwalking him every single night from here to eternity, so…

Without thinking about it any further, she closed her eyes and concentrated on finding Jake. At 1:10 a.m. he had to be sleeping. Because if he was as unreachable as Dave was, then she was really going to panic and think those two were “not from around here” either, asthma flash or no asthma flash.

A few seconds passed, and nothing happened. Then… the blackness didn’t seem too black anymore. She frowned. It usually only took a couple of seconds to get in –when she had a picture, of course- but with all the adrenaline running through her veins she wasn’t sure if she had managed. Maybe Jake was asleep but not dreaming. If that was the case, she would have to wait and try yet again later and—

An image suddenly appeared and she then understood why the blackness didn’t seem so black: Jake’s dream was happening in a movie theater, and now the movie was starting. She had been staring at the dark empty screen when she had entered the man’s dream. A couple of seconds went by until she could place where the scene was from, and it shocked her. Jake was dreaming about E.T.?

She turned around to find the owner of the dream, and there he was, in the front row, taking notes, intently watching at the screen, the scene repeating itself. She frowned. The scene was one close to the ending, she recalled from the only time she had ever seen the movie. One of the doctors was talking to the protagonist’s brother about how E.T. communicated through Eliot.

“Eliot thinks its thoughts?” the doctor asked in the big screen.

“No, Eliot feels its feelings.” The kid answered.

The scene froze as Jake stood up to pace. Isabel took a seat some five rows behind and watched him. It wasn’t lost to her that the dialogue she had just heard was pretty much like how their connections worked. Max and Liz or Michael and Maria didn’t know each other’s thoughts, but felt each other’s feelings. Jake was trying to make sense of their powers then, she guessed, and it was somehow creepy that in his subconscious mind he was thinking about E.T. when it came to their powers.

She crossed her arms and kept watching him. He was scribbling something on a notepad, but if she were able to see it, all she would see would be gibberish lines here and there. In dreams no letters or numbers made sense. They would always appear distorted even if for the dreamer they would make total sense.

Come on Jake… give me something useful, Isabel anxiously thought as the screen remained frozen and Jake kept writing. She knew that the longer she remained there, the more likely Jake would remember her. But just as she was worrying about that, Jake suddenly stopped, thoughtful, and looked straight at her.

The movie theater changed, though not so much. It transformed into a college auditorium, like the ones at Isabel’s former college. To her surprise, now Dave was also there, sitting in the front row, as if she and he were the only two students in Jake’s class.

“But how does it work?” Dave asked, as if the entire time he had also been there, watching the movie with Jake.

“I don’t know,” Jake answered, frowning, reviewing his note pad, a nice pair of glasses materializing now in front of his eyes. He took them off with his right hand, still reading from his notes. “Why do you want to know?” he absently asked.

Isabel watched with interest as Jake’s Dave just shrugged. “Why not?” she watched with even more interest Jake’s exasperated sigh.

“Of course you would say that…” he half mumbled, half said out loud. “Is there ever an answer that does not involve a question from you?” Jake asked yet again, this time making Dave smile. “Is there?” he simply answered.

Annoyed, he turned to look at Isabel. “Why do you think he wants to know?” he almost desperately asked her. Jake’s sudden awareness of her presence almost made her lose the dream altogether and wake herself up. But she stilled herself in place. Why wouldn’t Jake know what Dave was after? Or was this just a random thought?

“He wants to use us,” Isabel answered him, making Jake turn to look at Dave with suspicious eyes. “Like the government would have tried to use us,” she added, anxiously waiting for Jake’s subconscious answer to that.

“He wouldn’t dare…” Jake said above a whisper, still staring at Dave, who innocently stared back at him. Dave looked younger though, maybe around his early 20’s she guessed.

“What if Dave’s working for the government, then? That’s why he would want to know…” Isabel probed again. Come on Jake, give me something really useful here.

Jake stared at her for a whole minute in silence, as if he were paralyzed by her question. It has never crossed his mind, Isabel thought, and then… he just burst out laughing. It was such a heartfelt laugh, the kind that was contagious, that Isabel felt herself smiling a little despite the apprehension she was feeling. He laughed so openly, with such feeling, that it seemed to Isabel that he would just break and fall into pieces. After all, this was a dream.

“The day Dave works for this government you can be sure it is not Dave. He’d rather die than to work for them again.” Jake said, putting his glasses back, still shaking his head while faintly smiling. Dave had disappeared.

“Again? What do you mean ‘again’?” Isabel fearfully asked now. Jake looked up from his note pad and stared at her as if he couldn’t figure out why she didn’t understand.

“Because they used us,” he answered her, and he started to walk toward the door, as if the class had been dismissed.

“So, he’s afraid of them?” Isabel questioned as she stood up from her seat in the fifth row. Used? What does he mean ‘used’? How many interpretations could that sole sentence have?

Jake stopped in his tracks, turning to look at her with a slight mischievous smile on his lips. The dream changed, the walls disappeared, the bright sky impossibly blue above them. All around sounds of laughter and voices talking animatedly filled the air. It disoriented Isabel how fast the dream went from one place to the next, but a second later she knew what this new place was: They were in a Fair.

“You want to know what Dave is afraid of? Well, behold Dave’s worst nightmare.” Gigantic, almost colossal, a Roller Coaster could be seen in the distance. Dark, shadowy, and very menacing, it stood at the end of all games.

“He’s afraid of Roller Coasters?” Isabel asked, frowning and a little bit disappointed. This was not what she had in mind when she had asked if Dave was afraid…

“Oh, but not just of any Roller Coaster, though all could do the trick. This one is the first we ever rode.” Isabel turned to look at him, and was taken aback when she realized how young Jake looked now, not even older than herself.

“I tell you,” this younger Jake continued, “I’ve never seen anyone getting down that green. In fact, I don’t even think that was green anymore, that shade… Even to this day, he’ll pale at the mere thought of it. His perfect memory retains all the details and feelings of the one minute twenty one seconds the whole ride lasted.” Jake smiled, a malicious smile. “And I make a point of reminding him of that every once in a while.”

In the sparkling color of the dream, Isabel stared at the monstrous Roller Coaster in the distance. They had been there when they had been kids, Isabel realized as Jake balanced himself on tiptoes, up and down, staring at the roller coaster, that contagious grin on his face. He certainly looked as if he was enjoying the prospect of getting Dave into one of those.

But the scenery changed again, suddenly walls materializing, the place becoming familiar. They were at Jake’s office, and when she looked back at Jake, he was his actual age again.

“So tell me Isabel, is this really you or am I… just dreaming? I can’t figure it out… Can all of you be in here right now?”

Isabel’s eyes went round with surprise and apprehension as her heartbeat raced in her chest. The dream changed yet again, though this time the place remained. What had changed was that all three of them were there, sitting on Jake’s couch, 3 unopened Cherry Coke cans over the table. And gosh, did they really look like that? So distant, and resigned and, well, so hopeless?

This is how Jake perceives us, Isabel thought for a second, knowing full well that perception tended to be hugely exaggerated in dreams. She wasn’t sure of what to do right then, though. Jake frowned, as if he wasn’t sure either what was supposed to happen next. Still, every second she stayed in Jake’s mind was becoming more and more dangerous. She had to disappear, but to do so now would only lead to confirming Jake’s suspicions.

“Was it you in Ray’s dream as well?” Jake continued, pacing in front of the three dream versions of Max, Isabel and Michael, and the real Isabel herself, “have you been in Dave’s dreams too?”

So Dave does sleep, Isabel vaguely thought as she was carefully retreating back. Just get out of here nice and easy, she coached herself. Jake seemed totally engrossed in his own thoughts now, so chances were he would dismiss her visit as part of a weird dream. He stopped once again and turned to look at her, thoughtful.

“Be careful,” he said, serious now. “You might not like what Dave dreams about.”

One last time the dream changed: No walls, no people, no light. No nothing. Everything disappeared almost as if she were being dragged into a bottomless pit. It was such darkness and coldness as she had never encountered before, be it awake or asleep.

Isabel woke up, the feeling of coldness very real in her whole body. What the hell had that been about? She hugged herself as she stared at no point in particular on her bed. What exactly did Jake think Dave dreamed about to begin with? She held her breath for a second. Suddenly, she wasn’t so eager to get into Dave’s mind at all.


* * *


The breeze gently blew through her hair, the sun slowly sank in the horizon, and all was perfectly well with the world as Liz contemplated the scene sitting on a hill. It all felt so right, so good.

If this is a dream, Liz thought, I don’t want it to end.

She smiled to herself at the notion of being aware it was a dream, and then let it go. Somewhere, she could feel Max, very near her. Her smile grew broader. This was the perfect place to be with Max. She didn’t know why, but it felt as if she and Max hadn’t seen each other in days, and her anxiousness to see her husband was growing sky high. Where are you, Max? she thought, tearing her gaze from the sunset to turn and look around.

It took her a moment to see him, but certainly enough, there he was, watching something on the ground some thirty feet away, his back to her. She called him, but it seemed like her voice wasn’t strong enough. She frowned. What was Max looking at? He was missing the sunset!

She stood up to go to him, and reached down to button up her coat. She slightly wondered why she was wearing a coat to begin with since it was such a warm afternoon, but it all somehow made sense. She needed a coat, so she was wearing one.

“Max! What are you looking at?” she called to him again. He finally turned around with a slight smile, now holding inside his hands whatever he had been staring at. Yet she knew that smile. He was up to something, trying to surprise her. She smiled back, trying to see what Max was attempting to hide from her.

She walked to him, but for some reason, she never seemed to be getting any nearer. The gentle breeze started to get stronger, her hair started to fly in every direction. That’s why I need the coat, she absently thought, thinking about the weather change as she kept walking towards Max. Why wasn’t Max wearing one then?

He suddenly frowned, and then he sneezed, making Liz think that the drop in the temperature had somehow triggered an allergy to cold, like her Mom used to have. But that was ridiculous, Max wasn’t allergic to anything. Not that her husband didn’t sneeze, because he did, but it was a weird idea she had suddenly got.

Max frowned deeper, and sneezed again, his hands opening, white petals escaping in the wind, a worried expression on his face. Liz let go a tentative smile, frowning a little herself. You can’t catch a cold, silly, she thought, but the wind was rapidly changing. Dark, gray clouds covered the sky, yet everything remained orange, as if the sunset light was still there. It all then turned to red, a dark, menacing red, and Max fixed his eyes to her.

Something is seriously wrong, she thought, now trying to run to him.

“Liz…” she heard, though he hadn’t moved from where he was standing, he hadn’t seemed to say a word. “Liz,” the word again echoed, this time in the entire place. I’m coming! She frantically thought as she tried to move faster.

“Liz, wake up!”

This time the voice sounded loud and clear in her ear, startling her into wakefulness. Max’s warm amber eyes looked at her a little worried, and a little relieved. “You seemed to be having a bad dream,” he soothingly said, caressing her shoulder as he stared down at her. She blinked a couple of times trying to clear the fog from her mind.

“Did you sneeze?” she absently said after a couple of seconds had passed. Max’s eyebrows arched, “No, I don’t think so,” he answered slowly.

“I think I was dreaming about you sneezing…” she said, frowning, the details of her dream getting lost in the depths of her mind, though she had a nagging feeling that there was something important about it. She sat up, making Max sit up by her side as well. “You’ve never gotten a cold, have you?” she asked with uncertainty, as if she didn’t already know the answer to that.

“Not as far as I can remember, no,” he said, and as Liz looked at him closer –as if to reassure herself he wasn’t getting a cold now- she noticed that he still looked very tired. Guess I wasn’t the only one having trouble sleeping. And just as she was about to say something about it to Max, her eyes caught the hour on the alarm clock.

“OH MY GOD, IT’S SO LATE!” she all but jumped out of the bed, startling Max out of his skin, and practically running to the bathroom.

It was 5:46 a.m. on Maria’s birthday after all. Things had to be made, errands to be run, surprises to be prepared, and she was already late. And with that, all traces of her dream vanished to the back of her mind, only to sometimes be vaguely recalled, until years later, when everything in it would make perfect sense.


* * *


“You look tired, Ray,” Dave said with a stern look as Ray was sitting in front of him. Had Dave known, he would have found it amusing that others had used that same phrase the night before.

“The security systems are almost all in place,” Ray explained, moving his head from side to side to sooth the muscles in his neck. “Once that’s over, I’ll get to sleep more…”

Dave regarded him from his seat. Since Ray had arrived ten minutes before to his office, he had only talked about the new systems and nothing about the kids. He glimpsed his watch, 5:57 a.m., so he still had one hour –and two minutes, 36 seconds- before Maria DeLuca showed at his office. “So, everything okay with the kids?” Dave finally asked. He was expecting a full report of yesterday’s events, and one hour was usually what it took Ray to talk about that.

“I’m so not looking forward to dealing with Michael this morning,” Ray half muttered as he sat straighter in his seat, rubbing his eyes a little. Ray was certainly not a morning person, and neither was Dave, but since it was actually past midday for him, he had no problem at all.

“Well, as far as I know, he accepted what I proposed; though Isabel did make me include all of them in the original plan... But anyway, Michael shouldn’t be in your way this morning. In about two hours or so, actually, he has to go to the kitchen to see that the birthday cake and lunch are ready.”

Ray’s eyes snapped open as Dave’s words registered.

“Isn’t it Danielle’s turn in the kitchen today?” Ray asked, confusion written on his face.

“Yeah… That was the idea…” Dave said, frowning. If anyone on the entire planet could be called a Cook, it would be her. That woman was just gifted at making the most amazing meals. In fact, “meal” was such a poor word to describe such incredible tastes.

“You sent Michael? To Danielle?” Ray slowly inquired, disbelief now all over his features. It was Dave’s turn to let the words sink. Oh right, there was a reason this was not such a good idea… “You sent Michael “Pissed Off” Guerin to that… that… witch?” All of the sudden it dawned on Dave why Ray’s worries were not an exaggeration. Danielle certainly had a temper… a very bad temper… And Michael…

“Oh, damn…” they both said at the same time.


TBC…

Author’s Note: Special thanks to xmag and RoswieGoof, who both gave me ideas for the last Dave-Ray entry of this chapter! And to KathyW for her legal advice ;) Thank you girls! Talking to you is always a blast!
"There's addiction, and there's Roswell!"
User avatar
Misha
Addicted Roswellian
Posts: 425
Joined: Thu Jun 20, 2002 10:44 am
Location: Guatemala City, Guatemala

Chapter 27. White Memories

Post by Misha »

Gosh! It’s been so long I’m not even sure if I’m doing this correctly… But, yes! I’m back with a new chapter!! Since last time I posted Halloween was still on the calendar, I’ve decided to post even though chapter 28 is with the betas and 29 is still a work in progress. So, no, 28 won’t come next week, but probably in two or three weeks :) (don’t ask about 29 though…)

Thank you so much to the four brave souls who wanted to beta my story :D thetvgeneral, Timelord31, DunkBiscuit and Michelle in Yonkers, but because I really shouldn’t take advantage and end up with six betas, I apologize that I could only accept one offer. Still, THANK YOU THANK YOU THANK YOU!! For wanting to do this for me :)

So, welcome thetvgeneral to the “I-know-Misha’s-next-chapter-before-you-all” club, which also includes multiple readings and me stalking you on msn! :D From now on, you can blame her for not catching the mistakes you’ll find ;)

Thanks a ton as well to behrinthecity, Timelord31, DunkBiscuit and BETHANN for bumping and writing nice notes :D You DO make me write faster :P

Special thanks go to xmag for reading and finding that Maria’s birthday was, indeed, her 19th, not her 20th. Thanks girl!!

If anyone is interested, this Saturday 27th is my birthday :D yay me!!! Okay, okay, so, let’s see how it all begins for Maria on her birthday. And just in case anyone was wondering, nope, no one guessed correctly what Dave's first toppic is ;)





XXVII
White Memories



She was late.

Maria almost wanted to break into a run and skid across the floor. And she almost did. She somberly thought that one day she would laugh about this, but that did nothing to improve her dark humor. This was not how she had envisioned starting this day, and it was even further from what she had envisioned for her 19th birthday.

As she finally reached the elevator, she closed her eyes wishing she could have some cypress oil and a way of making every single clock in this place read 26 minutes earlier. She was so late.

It all had started to go downhill from the minute she had stepped out of Liz’s apartment to meet with Michael’s somehow guilty eyes the night before. And the guilty part was getting old. She had resigned herself to be here, with him, so why the heck was she feeling guilty that he felt guilty about her being here? And she knew the fact that it was her birthday just complicated matters ten times worse.

As the elevator doors opened after an eternity of waiting, she muttered a curse or two with Dave’s name at the end of those sentences. Couldn’t he have scheduled her interview any other day? Frankly, she didn’t mind, but it seemed the other five did. And they were all tense and sharing all these looks… Almost trying to whisper behind her back. So, okay, they were worried, but gees, it was just a stupid interview.

The elevator doors closed. Yeah, just a stupid interview…

Though she had pretty much rehearsed everything with Liz while baking her cake, when Michael insisted on spending the night at her apartment, she had automatically gone into ranting mode. She had been nervous, after all, and having Michael to corroborate things had seemed like a good idea.

Right… Right…

He was frustrated, irritated, annoyed and was being super-extra-over-protective of her by the time she was in the middle of it. He just didn’t want her to go, plain and simple, because he didn’t trust Dave. So she had had to remind Michael that she had been able to deal with a lot of crap over the four years of their relationship, so she was going to deal with this too, and his not being supportive was really annoying her as well.

Michael had scowled.

By 11:30 p.m. she was still mentally going over things as now she was not talking to Michael at all. He had, after all, pissed her off. And the last thing she needed right then was to suffer Michael’s silent fury over the whole situation. She had been right when she had first thought Michael the last person to be with in a crisis, especially a crisis that required verbal support.

He had kissed her “happy birthday” at midnight, but no words had been exchanged. It was all in the vibes, and though she silently thanked him for trying to calm her down –and it had calmed her down somehow- she still didn’t need all this nervous energy around her in the form of Michael Guerin pacing and pacing around. After all, it wasn’t all that big of an apartment to have both of them pacing. And God, she had needed to pace.

By 2:10 a.m. she had finally fallen asleep on her couch. She wasn’t really sure what she had been dreaming, which was for the best since she didn’t think her dreams had been good ones, and she had the fortune to sleep through the early hours of the day without jerking around or abruptly waking up. Then the alarm had gone off. The alarm that was in her room. The one that Michael had pretty much fried when it went off while he kept sleeping in her bed –after all, she had refused Michael’s company on the couch because he had been sending such negative vibes, and he had equally refused to leave her apartment.

When she woke up, it was 6:48 a.m.

The knocks on the door had awakened her. Max, Liz, Isabel and Kyle were all outside wondering why it was taking Michael and Maria so long to come out and, not wanting to intrude, they had decided to knock. By the time Michael sleepily opened the door, six minutes later, she was already in the shower.

By 7:05 a.m. she was barely making it out of her apartment, all five of them worried to some degree about what time it was. She had seen that they had brought her presents –that had made her smile for a second, though she had the nagging feeling there were only four and that the nametag missing was Michael’s, but okay- and so they had all congratulated her as they were rushing through the corridor.

Then, they had all but crashed into the closed glass doors that separated the apartments’ area from the next area. Simply put, the doors weren’t opening. This is a nightmare, Maria had all but shouted right then.

After they all had blinked several times and had started to look at each other for an answer –especially looking at Liz- and right before Maria was going to ask the alien trio what the heck they were waiting for to use their Samantha-Jeannie alien thing to open the damned doors, Liz had finally hit on the answer to their problem.

“Maria, where’s your White Card?”

God… stupid White Card and stupid door that wouldn’t open without the stupid White Card. It all had just plain sucked… And now that the doors of the elevator were opening to the corridor outside Dave’s office, Maria thought things still sucked. Of course she had forgotten her White Card at her apartment, and without it no door was going to let her pass. Michael had gone for it then, though she knew it was going to take him forever to find the damned thing.

And it had taken Michael forever to go there and back.

So, as she was now approaching the concealed door, she finally slowed down. Did she remember everything there was to remember? Probably not, but what the hell, she was already there, she was already late, what else could go wrong? She bit her tongue thinking this was the worst thing she could tell herself, because then something worse actually would happen.

Well, at least for all the 17 minutes she had taken to shower, dress and apply make-up, she felt rather comfortable with the result. She had almost expected Liz to tell her yesterday to dress up as a nun and wear no make-up at all. But if she had survived Sheriff Valenti back in the day, she sure could survive Dave right now. After all, it wasn’t as if Dave didn’t know where Isabel and Max had come from…

She suddenly realized that she was so sick of it all. Sick of being nervous, of worrying about Michael, of waiting to hear some alarm going off because he had done something… well, unexpected. She was really tired of looking over her shoulder and of every word they heard in this place being suspected. Couldn’t things just be easy for once? Especially on her birthday?

She closed her eyes and cursed Dave one last time. The guy had messed with their lives in so many ways and on so many levels it wasn’t even funny, and for the first time she really resented that he had picked her birthday of all days so she would always know exactly when she had met with him. Oh, and he better not say “happy birthday”, she sullenly thought.

So enough was enough. She was going to keep her cool and manage to get through this whole thing unscathed. She was determined to do this right. Period. Without another outburst of her mind, she firmly opened the door and purposefully walked into the office.

For all the scenarios that had been playing in her mind since Monday, she had definitely not pictured getting there late, especially not all worked up, so she could only imagine that Dave hadn’t been expecting that either. The look on his face told her as much.

He was standing in front of his chair, with one puzzle piece in his right hand, actually bending over his desk to reach a rather far spot where it would certainly fit in later. He looked a bit startled. She noticed then she hadn’t knocked and she had entered a bit fast. Blinking for a second, and then composing himself as he stood, he made the universal you-are-late gesture of checking his watch on his left wrist. For some reason, that infuriated her. Yes, she was late, must he remind her of that?

She stopped right beside the chair, glaring at him for looking at his watch, and crossed her arms. He almost imperceptibly arched his right eyebrow, and he almost, almost looked offended. As if she would care...

“Rough start?” Dave finally asked, slightly moving his head to his right, a small knowing smile on his lips.

“Like you would know…” she murmured as he extended his hand in a gesture of “you may sit.” She disentangled her arms and sat down just as Dave was about to sit himself.

She focused her attention on the task at hand. After all, here she was, at the dreaded beginning of the conversation. She had tried to figure it all out, day and night, especially as the interview was getting closer. What was Dave going to say? What startling revelation did he have up his sleeve? Was he going to tell her something about her mother? Heck, something about her father? Yeah, like that mattered to her now…

She really didn’t have that many skeletons in her closet to begin with. Aside from Michael, of course… And though there certainly were things she would rather leave in the dark about the past four years of her life, nothing this man could tell her could really shock her. Yet as Dave sat, and the silence remained, Maria’s anxiousness just kept rising. He looked at her, intently, and still he didn’t say a word.

And so, she snapped.

“Okay, spill.”

That took Dave aback, as he frowned and for a second turned to look at no point in particular at her left. “What do you mean?” he slowly asked.

“You know, whatever great-wow revelation you have in store for me.” He frowned even deeper. “I know you have something… some detail, some grand hidden secret on the tip of your tongue. So let’s get it over with, okay? You’ve done it to everyone, it’s not a big mystery by now,” Maria ended, mildly waving her hand in midair. But now, there was recognition in Dave’s eyes. He knew exactly what she was talking about.

Maria tensed. A whole minute seemed to go by as Dave slightly narrowed his eyes and took a more comfortable posture on his leather black chair. He regarded her for one more second, his face becoming serious, all joking aside. He was thinking something carefully, and when he finally spoke…

“Max told you what happened to him.”

…Time froze.

“He told you in detail.”

She forgot everything she was supposed to say and just stared at him. She knew exactly what he was talking about: Max’s experience at the hands of the FBI. There was no doubt in her mind about that. But how could Dave know? He hadn’t even been around until Max had saved the children at the Phoenix Hospital… roughly six months after all that— all that crap of that summer. So Dave had been lying to them? Because the only two people alive who knew about that were Max and herself; and she was dead certain Max hadn’t opened his mouth. Fear crept over her spine and made her hands feel numb. If he knew about this, what else did he know?

“How… how do you know?” Maria asked as she finally found her voice.

“That’s not important right now,” he answered her in a rather low voice, just above a whisper, “I know part of what happened, but the question is: What exactly do you know?”

All of the sudden, she didn’t want Dave to keep spilling anymore. And she didn’t want to remember the answer to his question either, yet the images played themselves out in her mind.

She and Max had been talking in her room, probably about Liz or Michael or both, each of them trying to find a way of making light of the situation instead of just being miserable. That had been the longest summer of her life, and she bet of Max’s life as well.

She had had the radio on, faintly sounding in her room, and that song had come, that Britney Spears song about how she was stronger than yesterday, and just when she was reaching to turn it off, Max had laughed. A very bitter and longing and all around miserable laugh.

And she caught the irony right there. How did it go? Stronger than yesterday, now there’s nothing but my way or something… Turning it off she was going to joke about pop music but she had been unable to do that, because Max had been barely holding himself together, barely getting a grip on his emotions. She had never seen anyone that close to the edge, and yet so unwilling to let go. Standing by her window, he reminded her of Michael.

“Max, are you all right?” she had asked him, full of concern, and Max had just stood there, looking at her but not really seeing her.

It had been three weeks since they had gotten him free, but at that point Maria hadn’t known that Max hadn’t said a word about what had happened to him at the hands of the FBI Special Unit.

“Max?” She had tentatively asked again, but Max was still somewhere else.

“It was so cold…” he finally had said, barely above a whisper. “It was so cold and so bright and I was so alone…”

And Maria had known, beyond a doubt, what Max was talking about. For an instant she had almost raised her hand to her mouth, but she had thought that it could distract Max, shutting him off, and he truly looked like he needed to talk. So she had reached for his right hand instead, and had slowly but steadily guided him to sit on her bed.

Max still wouldn’t see her, though, and his eyes had had a lost look, as if a mist had settled there, a mist that covered this world, and the only things he could see were happening in another time and place.

It had frightened Maria beyond words. She had felt cold all of a sudden, as cold as Max had said he had been. And the chills running through her spine now were a very good reminder of that. She stared at Dave, unwilling to answer him. And he knew it.

“I know their side of the story, Maria,” Dave said when she wasn’t forthcoming with answers, his tone slightly different, with more emotion, louder, as if it were important to him to make this point. Maybe he was trying to make her talk, she decided, and that made her feel uncomfortable. “I know every Special Unit file there is about you, and your families, and everything they think they have pieced together. I’ve read the medical files on what was done to Max in less than 24 hours. I’ve read all the conspiracy theories. I’ve read alien history for the past fifty years on this planet. And it isn’t pretty. What they think they know is dangerous. Especially to you, kids.”

“But you already know that’s not true!” Maria said, snapping out of her silence, her voice firm and loud.

“I know their truth,” he said, in a lower tone. “I know their grand version of how they are defending the Earth against an alien invasion and colonization. That’s what Pierce was trying to get out of Max. That was the only truth he was going to accept. And that’s all I’ve been able to find.”

“I couldn’t tell them what I didn’t know…” Max’s words echoed in her mind. She shut her eyes and pushed the memory to the back of her thoughts.

“So I’m piecing together your side of the truth,” Dave continued, “because otherwise, I won’t get the right idea.”

And what happens if you get the wrong idea? Maria fearfully wondered as Dave held her gaze. She looked at him intently as well. He was waiting for her to say something. Something she really didn’t want to talk about.

“What’s the difference now? It’s over,” Maria said, trying to side-step the subject, “You already know what happened.”

He seemed to consider her words for a few seconds, the silence stretching out as time passed by. “It’s your version that should matter to you. It certainly won’t make any difference if I don’t find any other source,” he simply said. “I’ll only know their side.”

You could always ask Max, Maria thought, but she already knew it wouldn’t work. Max was not exactly the open type about any subject in particular, but this one… this one he had locked up in a dark place long ago, and he had thrown the key into an even darker place. Michael bottled up things his way, but Max’s way was even tighter. She sometimes wondered how Max could remain calm when so much had happened to him… to them.

Yet she couldn’t deny that Dave had a point. These interviews served to give their side of the story, and he wanted to know. She would even bet that he needed to know, but she couldn’t figure out why. So, if it was up to her to expose those bastards that had held Max, or even if she only gained a grain of trust from this man that she could later use to their advantage, then Maria was ready to tell the story. And so she started with what mattered the most about this whole thing:

“He went through hell.”


* * *


For all the things that had to be done that morning, it had never occurred to Max that he was going to end up exactly in the same place that he had been told –almost yelled at, really- not to return until next Monday. So when he stood in front of Jake’s lab door, uneasiness crept at the back of his neck.

Uneasiness that had a lot to do with his dream last night, if he was going to be honest with himself, and the prospect of facing Jake about that was something that he felt he needed to do, but that certainly he didn’t want to do. Still, he wasn’t there for that matter. He was there because Jake had paged Michael about having a small gift for Maria and wondered if Michael could pick it up.

Except that Michael had his hands full this morning and so Max had offered to retrieve it while Liz went to the Shop for some things she hadn’t been able to buy in front of Maria. So circumstances had sort of brought him here, and though he was feeling uncomfortable, he also wondered if now was a good moment to raise certain… events with Jake.

He only had one more day to gather all the information he could before his own interview with Dave, and he wondered if talking to Jake now would give him some insight that he could later use to his advantage. Still, he was also afraid of what he might discover about Jake. In some way, he wanted to trust the man, not only because he truly seemed to care about them, but also because Max needed to trust someone in this place, someone who knew a lot more about what was going on in here than he did himself. It was, Max knew, like the feeling he had gotten from Jim Valenti, back in the days when he had been their worst enemy and he had slowly turned into their best ally.

It was too soon to trust Jake, and Max knew it. The main problem was the position in which Jake was standing now: He was their doctor. The guy with the white lab coat and the stethoscope hanging on his neck that had plagued his dreams all his life. A nightmare that had become true less than three years ago and that now was threatening to become real once again. Jake represented some inner, well-rooted fear in Max’s mind, and his subconscious had not wasted time in telling him that just the night before.

The fact that Jake had been part of the scheme to drug them and have him and his family and friends at his mercy for three days did not do wonders on the trust issue, and that was why Max needed to know what had happened. Without those answers, there was no way he was going to be able to trust Jake.

For some reason, it hadn’t been too difficult to push all of these questions to the back of his mind when they had first talked about accepting this offer. Whatever had happened had been done and there was nothing he could do about it. They had accepted to being tested anyway, so there was not much point in getting suspicious of what might happen or what had happened in the past. However, even though he had previously been able to dismiss the subject, he now found himself unable to let it go. He also realized that sooner or later, the others would start to think about it as well. It would be better if he already had some answers for them when they began asking. The only problem was, of course, getting those answers.

He shut his eyes tight for a second, feeling the weariness that his almost sleepless night had left on his body. He was really tired this morning, but things had to be done for Maria’s birthday, and Max knew that they all needed this time off. Do something different. Worry about something “normal” for a change. Taking a deep breath and then letting it go slowly, Max tried get himself together to knock on that door and talk to Jake.

Voices pulled him out from his indecision as he had been standing in front of Jake’s lab-office door for the past three minutes. The voices were male, and they were coming from inside the room; getting closer for all Max could know.

“But that’s the question, isn’t it?” one of the voices was saying, “If we are no longer the future, how are we going to change it?” Laughter. Jake’s laugh, to be precise.

“I thought that was why you had become a teacher,” Jake answered from the other side of the door, as Max was trying to decide if he should knock or pretend he had just come out here and was about to knock.

“Yeah, well,” the unknown voice said, coming clear now that the door was being opened, “I wouldn’t really trust half of my students with the future of the world, if you know what I mean.” The owner of the voice laughed with the same heartfelt laugh that Jake had, though both men rapidly hushed when they saw Max standing there, a bit startled.

“Oh, Max,” Jake said, passing through the initial shock of seeing him there, “This is Doctor Alan Preston. Alan, this is Max. The one I was telling you about,” Jake said, with a friendly smile as he introduced the older man. Doctor Preston’s gray eyes lit up immediately and he extended a hand to Max. Around sixty years old, with white beard, white hair and some extra pounds, he reminded him of his grandfather from his mother’s side.

“I’ve heard so much about your wife, I can hardly wait,” Alan said, a broad smile on his face as he gave Max a firm grip and a near heart attack. Liz? Though he smiled back, his worried eyes met with Jake’s for an instant. Jake slightly frowned for a fraction of a second and then understanding dawned on him.

“Alan, Liz has yet to accept,” and then, turning to Max, Jake explained, “Alan here is writing a biology book, so he was hoping Liz could assist him with all the background research. You were supposed to meet him this afternoon according to your schedule, but with Maria’s birthday we thought it could wait till next week.”

“Right,” Max said, letting go of Preston’s hand. When they had met with Ray that morning at the Gym, he had indeed told them that their meeting at Biology could be rescheduled for next week –earning a slight feigned pout from Liz- and so they had agreed to that. It somehow made him nervous to see two doctors standing in front of him, though, especially after hearing one of them saying “the one I was telling you about”. It did make him feel like a test subject or something.

“Well, I really have to go,” Alan said, glancing at his wrist watch, “Nice to meet you Max, I’ll see you next week then,” and with that, he departed through the corridor, leaving Max and Jake staring after him. After a few seconds passed, Max finally returned his look to Jake, who looked back at him.

“Oh right! You’re here for the gift,” Jake finally said, as it was obvious that he was waiting for Max to tell him what he wanted. “Some days I think I don’t lose my head just because it’s attached,” he joked, gesturing with one hand for Max to enter as he headed for the lab’s door.

Max doubted following him for a second. For some reason, he felt way safer out there in the corridor than in there in Jake’s office. Pushing that fear to the back of his mind, Max entered the room, though he couldn’t stop his muscles from tensing up at being there. Had it been between these walls where Jake had taken them during those three days? Max tried to shake the feeling off as Jake continued to talk to him from the inner room, the one with the white screen where they had played the car game and talked the following two days.

“Alan is a great guy,” Max barely discerned the muffled words floating in from the next room, “I’m sure Liz is going to get along with him just fine,” Jake was saying as Max was now standing in the door frame, the dark-red haired man sitting on the couch, bent over the table. The car game was showing the “winners” screen, a tell tale that Jake and Alan had been playing, while some brown paper and tape were occupying half of the small table in the middle. Jake was busy searching for something under the paper –probably the scissors- as Max saw a red book on one of the couches.

“If any of you want to get into biology,” Jake said as he finally found the scissors and turned to look at him, “he’ll be more than happy to teach. He has a knack for that,” Jake finished with a smile.

Max just stood there, his mind racing through the things that could have happened in this room. His eyes went to the white door that led to the labs. The same door that had earned them Jake’s fury when Max had shattered it two days before. The same door they had never crossed. His attention finally returned to Jake, and he felt himself tense even more. Jake’s smile faltered a little as he turned to fetch the red book and started to wrap it with the brown paper.

“Does he know? About us?” Max finally managed to ask as he recalled Jake’s earlier words to Alan about “the one I told you about.”

“No,” Jake said, fighting with the tape to strap one end of the wrapped book, “but he’ll help us in time. He was researching until recently about how cells regenerate. How the body heals.”

Max’s heartbeat doubled in a second as his breath was caught in his lungs, and he momentarily wondered if the sensors were picking up his vital signs even if he was standing in the doorframe. His mouth opened for a couple of seconds trying to say something about what he had said on Tuesday morning: He was not going to heal. But Jake was still wrapping the book, his back to Max, so the doctor didn’t notice.

“So,” Jake continued, “when Dave showed him part of the research on how your cells regenerate, Alan couldn’t resist coming aboard. Though, he doesn’t know where the… source material is coming from, of course,” Jake said, turning for a moment with a slight smile to Max.

“My cells?” Max asked, slightly narrowing his eyes.

“You’re probably not aware of it,” Jake said as he now flipped over the wrapped book and was in the process of pasting a sticker, “but your body heals at an incredible rate leaving almost no scars. Even when you’re not consciously healing it, that is. The same happens with Isabel’s and Michael’s cells. Your cells are not that different from ours when it comes to certain processes, so there’s something really valuable to get from this study. A lot can be done to help people.”

“He has our cells then,” Max said, frowning.

“No, just the part of the research. It would be too obvious they are part alien cells, and Alan is not yet ready to survive the heart attack that impression is going to give him,” Jake said, smiling as he was writing on the sticker on Maria’s present. “But if you start healing…” Jake said as he wrote a final period on the tag, “then his expertise will be really useful.”

“But I won’t heal,” Max said with a firm voice. It didn’t matter how much they could learn from this, because at the end of the day, it was Liz’s, Kyle’s and his life –at the least- that were going to end up under a microscope. He couldn’t risk it. “You already know that. I don’t want to heal ever again.”

“Oh, but you did heal after the Meta Chem incident,” Jake said, not accusingly, just knowingly. After all, Max had told him about his near death experience –if it could be called that- and had used it as his main reason to refuse to heal in the lab. That would also imply that, after said event, Max hadn’t healed anyone at all. He didn’t know where Jake was going, so he kept quiet. “You healed Michael when you were escaping the FBI’s ambush in Colorado, didn’t you?” Jake asked without looking at him while he started to roll the remaining brown paper.

“How…” Max involuntarily started, surprised at the accuracy of Jake’s words, but he didn’t continue. Though that was pretty much all the confirmation Jake would need, anyway.

“How do I know?” Jake finished for him, now turning to look at Max’s eyes, “Because Dave has an FBI agent working for him, who always kept Ray alert to what the moves on you were. So Dave knew Michael was shot by one of the agents, and that there was a blood trail that conveniently disappeared in the woods you entered that night when you were escaping. He put two and two together… You healed Michael, didn’t you?” Jake repeated the question. Max kept quiet this time, but he turned his eyes away from Jake’s. He didn’t know how to deny this one.

“I don’t know what is it that you are so afraid of,” Jake said, in a calm tone, “because you obviously know that you are going to keep healing as long as it is necessary… so the least you should know is how to heal without killing yourself.”

An uncomfortable silence set between them for a couple of seconds. “It’s still up to you, you know,” Jake said, breaking eye contact and fishing for the remote control to the screen from the table. “You should trust me enough by now to know I would never force you into it,” Jake said with a somewhat rough voice, turning off the video game.

Well, trust is not that easily earned, Max silently thought as he was still standing in the door frame. He looked at the now wrapped book and wondered if he should enter and pick it up. Jake sat and turned to look at him.

“What did Dave say this time?” Jake asked, a tired tone in his voice now. Max frowned.

“What do you mean?” he asked, concerned.

“Something is troubling you. You look just as bad as you did on Monday when you three first came here, and I don’t mean that as a compliment. That leads me to the conclusion that something happened between Wednesday and today, because you didn’t look like this when you left this place two days ago. Hence, I blame Dave.” Jake ended, with a slight smile at his last remark.

“He didn’t say anything,” Max said quietly, turning his eyes to the floor for a second. He felt uncomfortable in Jake’s presence all over again, especially since Jake wouldn’t take his eyes off him. “But I’ve been wondering…” Max trailed off. Was there any way he could say this right? Jake looked at him expectantly, “about the… missing time…” Max left the words hanging in the air, not sure if he should elaborate about what he had just said.

Jake didn’t seem to need any explanation anyway, since realization hit him pretty much a second after Max had trailed off. He got a tired look to match his tired voice when he answered Max.

“I was wondering when you were going to bring that one up, to tell you the truth,” Jake said, pausing as if an idea had suddenly occurred to him, his eyes turning to the table. “Have you been walking in my dreams, Mr. Evans?” Jake asked, rubbing his left hand on his neck, a small, somewhat knowing smile on his face. Max felt himself going cold inside. Jake knew, or at the very least suspected. “I’ve been wondering what exactly I was thinking myself,” Jake continued, meeting Max’s eyes. “What is making you think about this?”

A dream, Max thought as he rushed through his mind for some other explanation, pushing his worries of what he should do about Jake’s hint of Isabel’s dreamwalking ability to the back of his mind.

Technically speaking, he really didn’t need to elaborate on why he was thinking about this. It was, after all, in his right to want to know what had been done to him during that period of time, but all the same he felt compelled to give an answer. He definitely needed to stir the conversation away from Jake’s suspicions anyway.

“You seem to know… a lot about us… So you must have… gathered a lot of information while we… were…”

Jake let go a slow sigh as Max was attempting to finish his sentence. Jake knew what he was talking about, and so Max didn’t continue.

“About 85% of what I know about you comes from other sources,” Jake said, gesturing with a hand for Max to come in. It felt odd, as if he was going to get a lecture or something. His heart beating in his ears, Max finally came into the room and took a seat in front of Jake, with the table in the middle of them both.

“MetaChem and the team that worked for them from one of Dave’s companies did a lot of very useful research on whatever they could get from Michael and from Liz’s uniform,” Jake continued, putting the remote control on the table. He looked at Max then, almost as if measuring him. His eyes then moved to Maria’s present, but they lost their focus. Max frowned. It was unlike Jake to not be direct, and for some reason, the fact that he was not pacing also made Max feel like something was wrong.

“That’s all?” Max asked, an unsettling feeling crawling over his spine. His mind raced through the question of how much exactly Jake did know about them, and that, if this was all, then Max was going to have to re-ask his question about what had happened during that “missing time”, as he had called it before.

“No…” Jake said, trailing off, his posture becoming tense and his eyes meeting Max’s again. Max tensed as well in response. “I know that Dave told you he hadn’t known about the Special Unit until May of 2001.” Jake quietly said, though the words seemed to echo in the whole room as Max realized where exactly Jake was going. Of course they were a source, he thought as he spoke with a strange calm.

“He said he had found an Agent that was willing to talk for the right price,” Max recalled, and his own words made his chest suddenly feel cold with apprehension.

“Yes, that’s right. What he didn’t tell you was that that Agent, Agent Wilson, was one of the Medical Technicians that tested you back in May of 2000.”

Max froze in place, which was an interesting detail if he factored in how his heart had sped up. Fear crept in the bottom of his mind, fear at remembering what had happened to him one May years ago.

“What?” he faintly asked, as if somehow he had heard wrong.

“He was the Head of the Medical Team assigned to study you to be exact,” Jake stated with a clarity that made sure Max understood what he was saying. Yet in the fog that was threatening to invade his mind, Max let go a small, ironic laugh.

“Pierce didn’t want to study me…” he said, getting a grip on himself, trying to clear his mind and stay in the here and now.

Jake took a deep breath, and for a second he turned to look at the white screen, thoughtful. “There was a lot happening around you that I’m sure you never knew,” he said, returning his eyes to Max. “How… much… do you remember?” Jake slowly asked, as if he was unsure if Max wanted him to tell him this part of the story or not.

Truthfully, Max would rather leave the entire experience buried deep down in his subconscious mind, and frankly, this was not what he had wanted an answer for, but Jake’s words about things that had happened that Max hadn’t been aware of had a strange tantalizing effect. What had the Special Unit learned from him? They knew so much about them… and their powers. How much did Jake know then? What if they couldn’t really keep the level of their powers to themselves?

Jake’s words were still hanging in the air, and as usual around him, Max felt the need to answer him.

“I’m not sure…” Max said after a moment of hesitation. How far did he really want to go with this? “I don’t really think much about… it. And when I do, images… memories come distorted, without an order, or following logic…” Max stood up, without knowing really why, except that he just couldn’t remain seated, rooted in place. Jake followed him with his gaze.

“The images come one after the other,” Max continued, “like a movie that has been cut, so I can only see pieces, moments… and the in betweens are just lost to me…” he walked to the white screen and stood there, absently wondering what Jake’s special lens would show now. He suddenly felt self conscious –way self conscious- about where he was, what he was saying, and to whom he was saying it to. It didn’t matter; Max had been vague enough to let Jake fill in the gaps, and tell him whatever information it was that Jake knew without having to go into detail about the scarce memories he actually could recall with perfect definition.

“He was desperate…” Jake said, cutting into Max’s thoughts, Jake’s eyes now looking at the ceiling as if recalling a long lost poem.

“Who?” Max asked, frowning at Jake’s own vagueness.

“Pierce.” Jake finally answered him. Somehow, Max couldn’t really picture Pierce desperate once Max had been in his hands. “He needed information and he needed it fast. You’re right, he didn’t want to study you, because that was never part of his jurisdiction,” Jake’s words collided against Max’s logic.

“But he answered to no one,” Max argued, “Topolsky told Liz so. He could have done whatever he wanted.” Max crossed his arms as he stood still in front of the white screen, a mix of disbelief and fear in his face. What was Jake playing at?

“For all Dave could find out, Pierce could do whatever he wanted in order to hunt down aliens,” Jake conceded, “but few that knew about the Unit thought he was ever going to succeed.”

“They didn’t believe aliens exist?” Max asked, confused. Pierce had had a lot of power to do as he pleased, and that kind of power didn’t come about if people already in power didn’t believe him in the first place.

“Some didn’t, but most knew better. Yet you have to take in consideration that the last alien the Army had had escaped in 1950,” Max flashed for an instant on Kal and Nasedo. What had the one captured had to endure during those three years? Max’s heart skipped a beat at that. He really didn’t want to think about that, and so he kept his attention on the story. Things weren’t exactly adding up with what Max knew, and he wanted to know why. “The chances that Pierce was going to succeed in trapping yet another one after 50 years were slim,” Jake continued, “But once he did, things changed.”

“Changed?”

“Too many of those few who knew about the Unit suddenly developed an interest in you,” Jake said, a slight, sad smile on his face. “For many reasons, Max, you are far more valuable alive than dead, though news of your capture took a couple of hours to reach ‘unwanted’ ears.”

Others? There had been more people like Pierce, waiting in line? Max couldn’t help but wonder what his fate would have been had Nasedo and company not acted in time. He suddenly felt as if he had been on the outside, observing all these invisible players coming to get him. He stared at Jake, unsure of how to react to this news.

“Pierce knew that having a live alien in custody placed too many eyes on his Unit. If he wanted to remain in control he needed information, and he needed it before some high ranking general sent someone with a white lab coat to take you and what you knew out of his reach,” Jake continued, though his words made Max feel alone. Isolated. How many people had been after him? And how many of them were still out there?

“But I didn’t know anything,” Max almost absently said. There had been no information he could have really given Pierce, or anyone for that matter.

“Pierce thought you were one of the two crash survivors,” Jake explained, as if Max didn’t already know all of this. Of course Pierce had thought that. There had been two of him at the carnival. Pierce just had gotten the “wrong” one.

“But I wasn’t the alien he thought I was…” Max said, his mind momentarily trapped into an interrogatory that he was never going to be able to answer. He suddenly got tired of standing in front of the white screen. He felt himself tense. At the back of his mind, he carefully kept all of this out of his connection with Liz. She probably knew something was going on, but that was all Max wanted her to know.

“Exactly. That’s where this Agent Wilson comes into the picture. He got puzzled and –according to his version of the story- he warned Pierce that you were something… other. Wilson kept telling him that you were a ‘miracle of science’. And by all means, Pierce had no permission to endanger your life.” Somehow, Jake’s tone didn’t seem to really believe what this Agent Wilson had said.

“Pierce didn’t care,” Max said with an annoyed tone, angry at how helpless he suddenly felt. A million things were going through his mind right at that moment, making him feel like he couldn’t stand anymore, so he went back to sitting again.

“Whether he cared or not,” Jake answered Max’s statement, as if there had been any doubt that Pierce had cared, “he needed the information fast. That’s why he ordered you drugged first.”

Max’s stomach involuntarily contracted. For an instant, his mind played tricks on him and he felt as if the whole room had swayed. If he had been standing, he had no doubt he would have lost his balance for a second. He shook the feeling off. He wasn’t drugged now, and he convinced his mind of that as well. Distorted memories tried to intrude into his thoughts, and only half succeeded.

“But things backfired,” Jake continued, the story getting more intense for Max as Jake continued talking about things he really didn't want to recall.

“How?” he asked all the same, the need to know who else had been after him, and how much did his enemies know strong enough to keep the subject.

“Biochemistry,” Jake simply stated, with a small smile. “Remember how alcohol affected you once?” Though technically Max didn’t really remember, he knew what Jake was talking about. He slightly nodded.

“A similar reaction happened when they drugged you. Your metabolism absorbed it too fast too soon. The technicians thought they had over dosed you, which they probably did.”

Like I would know, Max thought. All he really remembered of that was Isabel talking to him, and that was a blur at best. He had been so damned scared his heart was racing even now. He fixed his eyes on some point on the floor, so he could calm down faster. Jake didn’t continue, so Max looked up at him after a few seconds had gone by, and when he did so he saw Jake’s indecision written on his face.

“You don’t need to listen to this now, Max…” Jake started.

“But I want to know,” Max said with a confidence he was far from feeling. “You know about us. They knew about us. I want to know too, even if it means listening to… this,” he quietly ended.

Jake looked at him as if he were measuring him again, and it made Max wonder if things had been worse than he remembered. Because if they were, then he didn’t think he actually wanted to listen anymore.

“‘They were getting nowhere’, Wilson said, so Pierce was furious. They were afraid they were going to make a mistake with you, so the technicians were relieved when Pierce ordered them to stop with the drugs.”

Silence. Jake stood up, his right hand going to the bridge of his nose. It made Max wonder for the tenth time if Jake had worn –or still wore- glasses.

“The memories are hazy…” Max said, trying to keep Jake on the subject. Trying to make himself stay on the subject as well. For some reason, be it information or closure or whatever, Max needed this out. “But I certainly still felt drugged afterwards.”

“Warm?” Jake asked. Just as Max had done a few minutes before, Jake walked to the screen, partially giving Max his back. Max frowned at the question. Jake must have sensed that, because he asked it again, “Do you remember feeling warm?”

“I don’t know… Maybe… I couldn’t—I couldn’t keep that shirt on. I had to take it off and fast.” Max thought for a moment. He remembered needing it off, but he couldn’t really remember why.

“Your body temperature went from 98 to 107 in less than ten minutes,” Jake finally said, turning to look at Max. “They thought that your body had some sort of allergic response, which I doubt is right, and they… panicked. By human standards you should have been dead, or at least agonizing.” Jake paused, his eyes moving to some point on the wall past Max, as if he were recalling something particularly difficult. “They had to lower your temperature and they had to do it fast,” Jake said, now looking at him.

Max didn’t remember any of that, but it would explain why he had needed the shirt off. He thought for a second he couldn’t recall either how his temperature had been lowered, but an image appeared so clear in his mind it made him catch his breath. How else did people deal with such high temperatures? He felt himself going cold to the bottom of his soul as Jake’s words sank in.

“The ice bath,” he said just above a whisper, his hands protectively going to his side, subconsciously bracing himself for the cold.

“I might have done the same,” Jake softly added, “They couldn’t risk it...”

Max had tried to fight them, he did remember that. He suddenly felt trapped in here too, angrier now than ever for what had been done to him, frustration surfacing in the face of one who had also trapped and drugged him barely more than a week ago.

“You might have thrown me in there?” Max said, accusingly looking at Jake while his mind tried to piece together the disjointed images he was recalling, “Without a word, and kept me in there till I—I—” Max closed his eyes. He couldn’t remember when it had ended or what had happened immediately afterwards. Until he drowned? Was that what he was trying to say? As Max’s eyebrows frowned in confusion at not being able to remember, Jake went back to him, standing some three feet away.

“No,” he simply said, making Max’s eyes snapp open. “Of course not, but it worked. They got what they wanted. You never knew it was for your health, and it looked like part of Pierce’s techniques to get you to talk.”

Max stared at Jake for a whole minute, the calm tone of his voice scarcely making him feel any less upset. But… Max really wasn’t seeing him. He tried to remember if Pierce had been there or not, if he had been questioned time and again, but all he could really recall was one single thought: Air. His body had felt as if thousands of needles had been mercilessly stabbing him. It hadn’t been even cold what he had felt, just a primal instinct to keep fighting to be alive. For air. Fighting against the hands that had been holding him down. Then it all had gone blank. It all just had turned white. Shapeless, soundless, white.

“He wanted to kill me,” Max whispered, turning his eyes at anything but Jake. In the white fog of his memories, Pierce’s voice echoed again and again, asking for answers that Max could not give.

“That he did,” Jake said, sitting in front of Max again, making Max’s attention return to him. “For about 28 seconds he actually did,” Jake stated.

“What?” Max asked, as if he had been shaken awake. He felt dread racing at the back of his mind and he wasn’t entirely sure if he was blocking that from Liz.

“Your heart stopped for 28 seconds,” Jake explained.

“Because of the ice bath?” Max asked, trying to keep up with Jake’s words. His heart had stopped? It felt as if it took Jake longer to answer him this time. Until that moment, he realized that he had been hugging himself, steeling himself for the next piece of information. He didn’t let himself go though.

“No,” Jake finally said. He slightly inhaled, as if stilling himself for what was next, which made Max fear the answer more.

“In simple terms, you are hypersensitive to electrical impulses,” Jake started to say, but the last two words sent Max’s mind to another place and time. He heard echoes of screams. His heart beat at double speed at the memory of the electricity running through his body. His chest muscles involuntary contracted. His memories became white again, white with pain.

“…Your synapses conduct electric impulses way above the average,” Jake continued, but Max barely registered this, unconsciously bracing himself. Part of him was back there, with Pierce heightening the voltage, and the other was telling himself he wasn’t there.

“… It might have to do with the energy shield you were telling me about on Tuesday,” Jake kept explaining, as he now had stood and had started pacing, “so it would be easier for you to concentrate your energy in one place. That would require a clear path through your entire body which could explain your need of having developed such highly attuned synapses… Now that would have the side effect of making your body hypersensitive to external electrical sources… But I’m just theorizing here. Without further tests—” Max’s eyes sharply snapped as Jake came to a halt. That brought him back to the –relative- safety of the present, and focused on what was important. And right then it was to finish this talk without getting sucked into his white memories, into a white abyss.

“He got the voltage so high your heart stopped,” Jake said, sitting again, almost defeated. As if he had wanted to keep this to himself. “Had you been a human prisoner, without a heart condition, you should have been able to take it. Except that once again they made the mistake of thinking your alien biology would be stronger. Wilson and the other technicians really panicked then, and Pierce had no choice but to stop.”

Memories of a cold floor invaded Max’s mind. There was no real time frame between the searing pain of electricity and waking up on the floor. As rationally and serenely as he was trying to retake the meaning and order of his memories, there was just no reference for him.

“He didn’t stop,” Max could barely say as his mind raced through the next part, taking his eyes off Jake. The doctor’s words were replaying in his mind now, but Max didn’t want to dwell on the thought that Pierce had technically killed him. It made him go cold inside, colder than before, knowing what he knew about death…

“But he couldn’t have killed me,” Max suddenly said, denying Jake’s last statement, “because Michael didn’t get the Seal.” Max leveled his eyes with Jake’s just in time to see Jake frowning.

“What Seal?”


* * *

TBC…


AN: Thank you so much to cinthialovesmym for correcting me with the song’s lyrics :P and to KathyW for pointing out the Ginni-Jeannie thing… sighs…
"There's addiction, and there's Roswell!"
User avatar
Misha
Addicted Roswellian
Posts: 425
Joined: Thu Jun 20, 2002 10:44 am
Location: Guatemala City, Guatemala

Post by Misha »

Special THANKS!!! to behrinthecity for betaing this part when I was dying of anxiety at not hearing from my other lovely betas! (Beware, then, that this part has only been corrected twice, and I might come in the future to change any other mistake that might be caught later ;) )

behrinthecity, I always knew that Maria was going to be late. I needed her all worked up and that was just the perfect way to do it ;)

I deduced that Maria and Max's friendship during that summer started out of hours and hours of being together -and not just Max asking about Liz every hour, and Maria about Michael :roll: - and it seemed perfectly logical that Max could have talked to her. But, yeah, it had to come out of him...

Well, in Jake's defense, he wasn't exactly side-stepping the subject. He truly believed Max wanted to know how Jake knew what he knew about their powers... I mean, Jake was just getting to the point... Chronologically speaking, that "missing time" is the last event...

The ice bath idea came to me because I refuse to believe the Special Unit was going to risk their one and only human-alien subject. Whatever Pierce did, I'm sure they knew their limits -or thought they knew...- and had never planned on killing Max.

Oh, the book! That's a funny thing ;) And Alan is a fun guy... You'll see in time :)

PML, thanks for the feedback! I have thought long and hard about how to approach Max's experience. Though it could have been done earlier in the story, this way I get to have many character's POV surrounding this event without it sounding missplaced.

tequathisy, well, you can't blame Max... He was really caught in the moment...

katydid, placing myself in Maria's shoes was fun! Damn difficult, but fun! Especially to go through all those emotions, and cursing Dave and building all that anxiety around. Now Max was no fun to write... it was all serious with him. I love to write Max, but some scenes are really heavy to go through. sighs...

Timelord31, THANKS!

xmag, I think the hardest part about going into detail with The White Room episode is that, three months later, Max is -apparently- all right. So, how exactly do you go from that hell to that normalcy in such a short time? No wonder many authors leave it alone... I just hope my explantions sound logical enough.

And Maria? Told anyone else? hhmmm...

BETHANN, I CAN'T believe you said that about Maria!!! You'll see what I mean :P She's certainly a tough cookie to write... And THANK YOU so much for the Birthday wishes!!

nibbles2, there's a lot going on in Dave's mind, don't worry. There are a lot of ways to learn about a person, and not all of them are verbal ;) Now, that Jake has discovered anything is a little bit of a stretch... we have yet to see what Max says about it. Oh, the present... yeah... soon...

paper, WOW! A NEW THEORY!!! YAY!!! You certainly bring back memories of the early times (it has been more than three years for me and those chapters...). You are not that far off, yet not that close either... um, yeah...

Now, I was seriously hoping I could have 29 at least with the betas by now, but no such luck... So, don't come and try to kill me when you get to the end of this chapter with no sign of 29 for the next couple of weeks... sighs....

(wow, we just have had a not so small earthquake! Talk about shaking things up :shock: )




XXVIII
On Second Thought…



The plan was simple.

Or so Michael Guerin had been told. And because Michael Guerin seldom believed things were simple, when Dave had first told him the two things that constituted his idea of Maria’s gift, Michael had proceeded to examine why exactly two simple things couldn’t really be that simple.

After considering it for a full night, he had concluded it really wasn’t all that tricky. It wasn’t simple-simple, but it looked like something that could work without too much effort on his part. Especially when he had known Friday morning he was going to be nervous –though he would never admit that out loud to a living soul- and he wanted to be 100% alert in case something went… astray.

And so, when he had told Max and Isabel, they both had agreed that the plan sounded simple enough not to be some sort of trap, or anything fishy. Though Isabel had suggested including themselves in the second part of the plan just to make sure that it really wasn’t a trap. It would not only make things easier for Michael, but it would also add a variable that Dave hadn’t considered. Michael had agreed. In fact, he thought the whole thing worked better this way.

But when Maria had started to be nervous the night before, and had started to rant about the things she was supposed to say, and had started having problems keeping the stories straight –something that Michael had pointed out which had made her glare at him- then Michael had started to get nervous. A tiny, little part of him was trying to argue that he might be getting Maria’s anxiousness through their connection, but Michael knew better: He was his own source of anxiety.

He did have a hold of Maria’s feelings though. He just wasn’t sure how to handle it all the way, so he had kept it relatively low. He didn’t want to disturb her in the event that his own feelings reached her. This day was her day, after all, so he was going to make sure that the –apparently- simple plan worked.

Besides, he did know enough about what Maria was going through to not want to upset her. Earlier that morning, when he and Max had watched Maria all but running down the corridor, Max had asked him with concern if everything was okay. Michael’s two-word response had been pretty much all there was to know about what the girl was feeling: “She’s pissed.”

That was why, after watching her leave on her own, he had turned around and headed for the Cafeteria with the rest of the group. After a quick breakfast and making sure everyone knew what had to be done, Michael had left the place to fulfill his part of the plan. And so he found himself going to the kitchen area. One thing any birthday should always have was a birthday cake, and that was exactly what Michael intended to get. A nice, round, chocolate-spiced, eggs-included, well-baked, birthday cake. He still wasn’t sure how he was going to get one, but Dave had said that whatever he wanted for Maria’s birthday lunch, he could probably get it from Danielle.

And so, when he had left Dave’s office early that Tuesday after his interview, he had walked to the kitchen to talk to this Danielle person to arrange what was going to be cooked. Except that the famous Danielle hadn’t been around the kitchen, so he had just told what he thought was a good idea of a birthday lunch to the cook who had been there, and had left to join the others.

Now those others were all divided through the complex, for the first time really separated through the entire place. Maria was up there with Dave, Liz was at the Shop, Max had gone to retrieve some present from Jake two floors below, Isabel and Kyle were checking the other part of the simple plan, and he was now heading towards the kitchen. For some reason, it all felt in slow motion for him, and knowing that his family and friends were so far away from his protective grasp made him feel uncomfortable.

And he hated feeling uncomfortable.

Even if things had gone pretty much harmlessly in the past week, Michael was still waiting for something bad to happen. The worst they had gotten so far was Jake kicking them out of the lab, and that statement alone was definitely the opposite of what Michael had thought was going to happen to them. Especially the part about being out of the Lab.

So… why was he still waiting for the other shoe to drop? Figuring that one was simple: Dave. Dave and the endless circle of questions without answers. Dave and this oh-so-convenient offer. Still, the reason why Michael didn’t turn around and drag Max and company along was because Michael also knew that something bigger was going on. Whatever Dave was plotting, he needed them, and he needed them well and alive. And though it was really hard to swallow, Michael also knew that they needed Dave. How much longer would they have survived out there was a question that the once spiky-haired alien didn’t want to face, but knew the answer all the same: not much. Not much at all.

It didn’t matter. It didn’t help his feelings of being caged and powerless in this place. That was probably the strangest part of this whole thing: He had all of his abilities, was free to move around, everyone he cared about was close by, yet he still felt powerless. He couldn’t deny that this prison was a strange one, but a prison all the same.

It could be worse, the thought came to him out of nowhere, so much worse. He honestly couldn’t really understand why Max had even considered Dave’s offer in the first place –let alone accepted it- when he knew so damned well what a place like this meant to them. What had Max seen in Dave that had made him trust him?

Max had been quiet when they had exited the warehouse that night when they had left the blue rooms and talked to Dave for the first time. God, not even a week had passed since then. And Michael had been so sure for a second there that Max had been trapped in memories of white walls. But his look hadn’t been haunted. Instead, Max had looked thoughtful.

Yeah, as if that wasn’t an understatement, Michael thought as he was now halfway to the kitchen. Yet, Michael wondered sometimes… really wondered what it was like for Max being here.

Early that summer, that awful summer three years ago, Michael had seen a haunted look in Max. Not often, partly because Max had concealed it well enough so his parents wouldn’t notice, and partly because they hadn’t really seen that much of each other then. But in those early days before Max had stopped staring at empty space…

Michael had been so scared. Scared that Max wouldn’t recover, or he would just withdraw into himself, or who knew what. Scared of losing his best friend in the world to imaginary walls and unheard echoes of questions Max hadn’t been able to answer. And he couldn’t let that happen. Michael hadn’t been able to save Max from the FBI that night at the carnival, but he was going to be damned if he couldn’t help Max now that he was out.

So Michael had done the best thing in the world he knew how to do: He had pissed off Max. Because if Max was pissed off at him, then Max couldn’t be withdrawing or whatever. Instead, he had to be focused in the now, stay alert. The dangers weren’t gone –far from it- and Max just couldn’t lose it. Besides, if Michael pissed him off enough, then Max would snap out of it and see what Michael was seeing: All the danger encircling them, the fact that they had to be prepared, and to let go of Liz and his pretenses of a normal life.

Michael snorted to himself. Let go of Liz? Sure. Not that Michael hadn’t done his part in letting go of Maria to make his point come across. Hell, even Liz had known that and had done her part by walking away from Max. Yet they both had miserably failed. Max and Liz were married, for crying out loud, and Michael knew that, whatever fate threw at them, there was no other woman in his future other than Maria. So, yeah, the “letting go” part had been pretty much useless, and Michael had to accept the fact that the idea of getting Liz back had kept Max pretty much sane.

Max had wanted so much for Liz to see that things had gone back to normal, that he had fought every damned demon that was running in his head those months with everything he got. Unfortunately, that had also meant that he had stubbornly rejected the idea that their enemies were coming for them, that there was civil war on Antar, and that Nasedo was, in truth, his protector for the sole fact that Max himself was a king.

Michael had been furious, of course, furious and frustrated with Max. But he had also been relieved that, as time had passed by, that haunted look had disappeared. By the time Liz returned, Max didn’t look haunted at all. He was back to his damned-stubborn, passive self, Michael’s and Isabel’s worries finally catching up with him once Pierce’s bones had been found. So worry had replaced the haunted, Michael knew, but he would take a worried Max over a haunted one any given second. Heck, even a stubborn, blind Max was better than anything Michael had glimpsed that night when he had rescued his best friend.

Sometimes, when Michael dreamt about them being whacked, he would be looking at Max, and Max would have that look, that same fearful, yet hopeful look he had had when Michael and Nasedo had reached him in that white cell. Michael had helped him off of that cold, metal table, and had been so surprised to find that Max hadn’t even been able to stand on his own. It had broken something inside of Michael, and in the days and months that had followed that terrible day, and Michael killing Pierce, he would remember that look, that instant when Max had barely answered Michael’s question of “Are you okay?” with “I am now.” Pierce had done that to him, and though Michael couldn’t shake the feeling that it had been wrong to kill him, a tiny part of him was glad he had. Was glad that Max knew Pierce would never get him again.

Max had told him once, while they had been alone on the road and Michael had been driving, some five months ago, that it was pointless for Michael to keep thinking about that. It hadn’t been his fault. Things had just happened, Max had said, getting a far away look over the passenger window. Things had just happened and it wasn’t Michael’s or Max’s fault. Still, a dark deep part of Michael wished he could make them pay. All those agents, all those bastards that had held Max in that white hell for what felt like eternity. Every single one of them should have paid, no matter how wrong the thought was. To know that no harm had ever come to them just felt… unfair.

Shaking such dark thoughts off, Michael refocused his attention in the here and now. He was just about to enter the kitchen, after all. Besides, Maria was still pissed, he could feel it, and that made him smirk. Dave was not going to have it easy. Everyone assumed he was the “difficult one” in this relationship, while Maria was the poor soul who had accepted such a dangerous job. Ha! When Maria was pissed, even Michael was scared. She had a tigress inside. So, if Dave had thought it was going to be easy, well… he had another thought coming.


* * *


In fact, Dave had reached a similar conclusion just the night before. When he had been mentally reviewing the events of the entire week, he had suddenly been assaulted with a strange idea: Maybe he had made a mistake. Maybe Michael hadn’t been the “toughest” subject of his interviews. Maybe… he should be more alert about Maria. He had made a point to be careful about what he said to the girl who had melted Michael’s heart.

And when Maria had all but stormed into his office early that morning, he knew he’d better stick to the plan.

How different the young woman standing in front of him was from Isabel. Why, Dave thought vaguely as he had stared at her, he had gotten himself a hurricane. A hurricane with a force capable of shattering his own train of thought and his carefully laid questions and answers if he didn’t watch himself.

Isabel had been an unexpected challenge since his mind had been a bit unfocused after his asthma attack. But Isabel was the kind of woman who had mastered her emotions ages ago, and knew perfectly well how to play with them. How to convey or masquerade anything with her facial expressions. She had started sweet, and had ended cold, but every single one of those polite smiles and all those icy glares had been planned. Isabel knew how to play this game, and one day she could really turn out to be an outstanding diplomat.

But Maria didn’t know the game, and probably was not interested in learning the rules either. What he saw in Maria was exactly what he was going to get. She spoke with her heart, and had a temper to back it up as well. Where Liz would measure things and speak quietly, Maria would look upset and indignant and would “spill” whatever was on her mind in one long-winded speech. If Maria ever got a hold of how to hide her emotions and plans, she could very well become an outstanding politician.

Maybe he was wrong then. Maybe Maria did know the game, she just played it differently. After all, to be able to date Michael Guerin must require a well laid strategy, and no small amount of manipulation. Maybe then he, too, should give Michael some credit for being able to get along with Maria. Neither of them was easy and, as Maria had glared at him when she had first sat down, neither of them liked to go around in circles.

That had been what Dave had been thinking after Maria so eloquently had told him to “spill”. But as she was elaborating on the fact that she was expecting him to reveal some grand secret, his mind went to the one single fact that he hadn’t been able to get out of the past four interviews: What had happened to Max.

Dave knew that Maria was expecting him to ask about herself, so she had been startled and a bit shocked with Dave’s first statement. Her defenses hadn’t had a chance when the topic hadn’t been her or Michael. She probably had rehearsed every little detail she could think of about her relationship with the edgy kid, so the last place where he had intended to start had been there. He had aimed to know Maria in another light, not just Michael’s girlfriend as he suspected Maria believed Dave thought of her.

If Maria had been able to read minds, she would have known that Dave’s conjectures that she knew “everything” were based on a very thin foundation. So, when she had started to tell the story from beginning to end, Dave had been… surprised. He had suspected Max had talked to her in detail, but he had never expected to hear so much. It was as if Maria were reading a script, gesturing every single line with a fire that spoke volumes of how much it had hurt her to hear what her friend had gone through, and how much she still resented it all. It gave him a very vivid picture of how Max must have told her in the first place too.

“Liabilities?” Maria was all but shouting now, telling her side of the events about what she, Liz and Alex had done while all of this was happening. “Liabilities, please!” she said, indignantly recalling Tess’s words. “Hell, who would have shown up with all the cars, the Sheriff, and a escape plan had we been just liabilities?!”

Where Kyle had been hurt, Liz quiet, and Isabel cold, Tess was a subject that brought a fierce side to Maria. A barely subdued anger that was waiting for him to say the wrong thing to have her cut his throat… or something…

“They would have been trapped,” Maria said with finality, an index finger almost jabbing the dark table. “They would have been trapped, all four of them, and we would have had to stand on the outside, never knowing what had happened to them. But we were only liabilities, of course…” It was as if the word actually caused her physical pain, Dave thought, as he had all his attention pinned on her every word. She was almost hypnotic.

He wasn’t sure if Maria was still upset about the whole thing, or was just trying to hide the fear that those memories stirred inside of her. Maybe both.

He had heard from Kyle how his father had been obsessed with Max, and from Liz how she had finally reached the decision that Max was willing to tell the Sheriff the truth to save her, so she had gone to him all the same. That had ended with Kyle shot and Max saving him, which had pretty much sealed the deal. Both Michael and Isabel had touched lightly on the subject that having Valenti on their side had been one of the best things that could have happened to them in some situations. So it was interesting to see the final chain of events that had led Jim Valenti to become these kids’ ally. Max had the final pieces, of course, but by now the picture was pretty clear to Dave.

Jim Valenti was an interesting piece who was having a very interesting life dealing with all the other adults in the kids’ lives. But this Dave kept to himself.

“You have no idea how terrifying it all was,” Maria was summarizing, her tale almost spun, “Liz had been kidnapped, then Max was taken… and all of a sudden, Pierce was in our hands and… it all seemed so real. I mean, sure, we knew they were aliens, we had seen them using their powers, but being in the middle of all that, without really knowing if we were going to be alive… We were teenagers for crying out loud. We weren’t supposed to deal with that kind of crap…”

You still are teenagers, Dave thought. Maria was barely 19 today, and their so called experience from that moment in time to this one was, well… scarce. They had managed great accomplishments, he couldn’t deny that, but more than half of those were thanks to sheer luck, and no small help from Jim Valenti on more than one occasion.

“And then… it was just over… And we were all scared, trembling kids who didn’t know how to deal with the whole mess. Liz got herself as far away as she could from Max so he could follow that stupid idea that he had to be with Tess, how noble of her, of course. And Michael also swallowed all that idiocy and set me apart. God, even Isabel slowly grew apart from Alex, and suddenly we were this divided group, where we couldn’t really walk away, but weren’t really together,” Maria frowned, her eyes lost in some distant memories. “When Alex was killed, it divided us, but the line was so damned clearly defined you could see it like a neon sign. But that summer… that summer we wanted to remain together, but we had all these stupid ideas that we couldn’t. There was no line. We all wanted to run, to pretend that it hadn’t happened at all…”

Maria focused her eyes again on Dave’s, something she had done through most of her recounting of events. She stared at him for a long moment, and the fire in her eyes reminded him of another 19 year-old girl, half a world away, whose present was patiently waiting in Engineering for his inspection. If Sybelle didn’t kill herself on that motorcycle –as she had promised she wouldn’t- then he would kill her himself if she as much as scraped a knee -figuratively speaking, of course- but both girls shared that inner strength and bold nature, though Sybelle’s temper was more calculated, somewhat of a mixture of Isabel and Maria, now that he was thinking about that.

“So when Max just started telling me that night…” Maria continued, oblivious to Dave’s thoughts, “It just hit home to me how scared the three of them were, and how much they needed us, how much they needed to trust us, because the world was really out to get them.”

It still was out to get them too, and not only this world, of course… How many enemies he could make had always been a wonder, but how many enemies these kids had was a monumental achievement. Enemies from two lifetimes, to make matters worse, if not weirder.

“Did you know that there was a time when Max didn’t even think there was a ‘them’?” Maria somberly asked, the mood in the room definitely heavy and dark now.

Yes, Dave thought to himself, I can certainly believe Max once thought that… If he had to guess –and he had always loved to gamble and guess- he would have bet that Michael had always known there was a “them”, and that Isabel more likely than not would think there was a “them” as well. And that left Max in an awkward position, where he wanted to trust humanity, to belong, and dismiss such a dark assumption. For all that they had told him, Dave would also bet that Max wanted to belong just as badly as Michael once had with his search for his alien heritage, just that Max had been more practical and had searched for that belonging closer to his whereabouts.

Now both men knew there was a “them”, and it was also more than a safe bet that they both had found someone to belong to. Yet, when Maria’s words were still unanswered, Dave realized she was expecting him to say something.

“Max has a tendency to…” Dave said, searching for a right word, “trust people.” Maybe even a tendency to search for allies, Dave silently wondered. What Max lacked in aggressiveness, he more than compensated for with observation. A quality most people didn’t possess –along with patience- and that was highly underrated as well. Maria snorted at his comment, though, slightly nodding, obviously agreeing in some way to his assessment.

“Trusting… yeah, I can see that,” she said, arching an eyebrow, “You would look at his eyes when we were back in elementary, and you just knew you could trust him. Max isn’t the type who would turn his back on you for his own benefit. He was always in the back, always holding himself in check, with those big eyes wanting to trust the entire world,” Maria stopped for a second, remembering. “I had never thought about that until that night, when that light was gone from his eyes. That’s what they took away from him, that trusting look. When he stood up in my room, and he had that lost look… that vagueness there… they killed the part of him that used to trust…” Maria trailed off, but Dave’s thoughts kept going after her words.

I hope you’re wrong, Maria, Dave thought with worry, because without Max’s sense of trust… then this whole thing is for nothing.


* * *


If there had ever been a moment when Jake would have said, “He had that deer-caught-in-the-headlights look” it would have been then. Not only did Max look caught, but he also looked like he hadn’t slept well in over a week, had been worrying sick for over a month, had not known mental peace for over a year, and the emotional talk they were having now was taking a very heavy toll as well. In other words, Max looked like hell.

Max blinked, as if suddenly considering Jake’s question about what seal Max had been talking about. He slightly shook his head as if clearing his thoughts.

“Forget it, I’m mixing things up,” he quietly said, and if not for that look of just a second ago, Jake might have truly believed him.

“What are you mixing it up with?” Jake pressed. Whatever this Seal was, for one instant it had seemed to confirm to Max that what Jake had been saying wasn’t true, so Jake really wanted to know why his words were being doubted.

Max didn’t look at him though, his lips pressed hard, becoming a thin line. As casually as he had tried to act dismissing the subject just an instant before, now his whole body tensed. He almost imperceptibly shook his head again.

“You don’t know what it was like…” Max said, his eyes still on some point on the floor. “He kept asking questions that I couldn’t answer… and I knew it was just a matter of time before things got worse. And when he threatened Liz, and Isabel and Michael, all of them… I would have said anything to keep them safe.”

Max finally looked directly into Jake’s eyes, a sad but determined expression settled in his eyes, “So when I look back now, all those thoughts… all those threats, get mixed up. I don’t even really know what I’m mixing them up with anymore, and I don’t think I want to know either. Half of it doesn’t even make sense to me. I don’t know what I meant with that ‘Seal’… Sorry.”

The atmosphere around them got so thick one could slice a knife through it. Max was getting good at lying, Jake realized with a smidge of amusement and a lot of annoyance. After all, the best kinds of lies were the ones laced with truth, right? He guessed this was 3/4 truth and 1/4 lie. A proportion Dave would definitely approve.

If Max had been Dave, though, then Jake would have kept pressing the point, cornering him, but for all they had been talking about, Max looked remarkably calm, and Jake was not about to disrupt that. With his perfect memory, Jake would never forget this incident, of course, and the Seal question would remain exactly that: a question for the years to come. Eight years, to be precise.

But back on that Friday morning, Jake aimed to keep things smooth between them, especially since they had been talking about Max’s heart stopping. So he let it go, for the moment. He grimly noticed too that his list of “things to do/talk/research/confront later” was growing longer and faster than he would have liked.

“I am truly sorry for everything you went through, Max,” he sincerely said.

“It wasn’t your fault,” Max simply answered, and as he did that, his eyes took a downcast look, fixing themselves on the table between them. “I’m terrified,” Max confided after a few seconds had gone by, his voice low, “I’m so terrified that I have made the wrong choice… that by being here… that you’ll do—” Max leveled his eyes again, cutting his own words, that deer-caught-in-the-headlights look on him again too, and this time he closed his mouth with an almost audible clasp.

That you’ll do the same things, Jake wondered if those were Max’s thoughts at his sudden stop. Not exactly the nicest thing to say, but definitely the most honest. Settling back on his couch, Jake let go a slow sigh. He didn’t know how to convince Max that he was safe with him. Only time would show that.

“I didn’t mean it to sound—” Max began, and his words were caught right in the middle of the sentence by a beep. It startled Max for a second, probably because he wasn’t yet used to the G.E.S.’s beepers, and then he looked at Jake.

“I think that’s yours,” Jake said, knowing that his G.E.S. was on his desk in the other room. Max frowned for a second, and reaching into his pocket, he took his own device out, the small monitor glowing. A text message, Jake knew.

As Max was reading it, Jake tried to clear his mind from the memories he was making Max relive. Memories that were not his, but that Jake had read in part. Dark memories, for sure. And so he focused his attention on his gift. Not a bad wrap for him, he thought with a small smile, but it was still lacking the ribbon he had found someplace in his apartment.

“I better keep—” Max started to say as he was reading his message, but Jake motioned with his hands that he stay seated.

“Wait, I just need to add the final touch to this thing,” Jake said, taking the paper, the scissors, the tape and the gift into his arms. “For what it’s worth, Max,” Jake said as he was standing up, “I don’t think you made the wrong choice. I really don’t,” Jake ended a stern look lat Max. Max returned it, and Jake could see all the weariness and sleepless nights there. “And I really think you should get some sleep.”

Max’s eyes opened a bit in surprise, and then he slightly nodded, rubbing his eyes with his right hand. “I just need the present and then I’ll go… You know, there are things to do and…”

“Make sure you take a nap between those things to do,” Jake said, concerned about Max’s lack of energy. “It’ll be just a minute,” Jake indicated the gift in his hand, and so he went into his office, the atmosphere clearing between them as if a ray of light had cut through the fog.

It was a bit unnerving how fast things changed with these kids, Jake thought as he crossed the doorframe to his own desk. Things certainly tended to get into a challenging/testing mood. As if they were measuring him, to see how far they could get away with some things. Like kids stealing cookies, partially aware that their mom had been watching in that direction, hoping that she wouldn’t say anything.

Placing all the things he was carrying on his desk, he mentally shook his head. He was willing to give them room, but he wasn’t sure how much he should give them. Nothing good was going to come out of lies, even if those were only “partial” lies. He turned to look at Max’s direction. Max was the key, he knew, because if he could convince Max that things were as they seemed, then the others would –eventually- trust in his judgment as well.

It could perfectly be his imagination, Jake was thinking as he searched below his papers on his desk for the ribbon, but he was betting that Max wanted to trust him too. There was so much Jake wanted to ask him, but some things had to be done first, and those included clearing any doubts he or the others could have. That Max had already taken an interest in knowing what Jake knew about them was somehow… well… awesome. Jake smiled at his own choice of words, finally spotting the elusive ribbon, but the truth was that Jake did feel better about this whole thing. It gave Jake hope that someday they would get along and work really hard on knowing what was going on in all those billions of cells.

It took him a whole six minutes and twelve seconds to get the ribbon right. The colors didn’t exactly match, but he rationalized that the present wasn’t going to be wrapped for too long. He had tried it in all possible angles, but since the sticker with his name and best wishes was already there, there was only so much he could do. Besides, if Max was planning on leaving, there really was no time to do something different.

Shaking his head slightly at his own musings on ribbons and wrappings, Jake finally took the present and walked back to the first lab, where the white screen was. He was wondering why Max hadn’t come out after all that time, but he was not surprised when he found Max exactly in the same spot where he had left him: On the couch, where Max had fallen asleep.

If only you would follow what I tell you that easily all the time… Jake thought with half a smile as he contemplated the uncomfortable position Max had chosen to fall asleep in. Still sitting, his head was bent back as if watching the ceiling. Maybe he wasn’t really asleep, just closing his eyes for a moment, Jake thought as he entered the room. But, on closer inspection, Max’s steady breathing seemed proof enough to validate Jake’s first thought.

For the longest of seconds, Jake had the twitching impulse to go to the next room, snatch one or two things, and come back to monitor Max’s sleep. He was dying to see what an EEG would show of this nonREM stage. Though he had followed very closely the electroencephalograms of all six of the kids, being drugged and being naturally asleep was different. Especially when the subjects used their brain abilities in such unique ways than the rest of humanity did.

But Dr. Jake R. Holt kept his hands and curiosity to himself as he stood watching Max getting his much needed sleep. He was content for the time being with the fact that Max had at least felt safe enough to let his guard down and take a chance to rest in this place. Either that or Max had truly been wiped out and had not had much of a choice at falling asleep here.

Seconds went away, and Jake let go a slow sigh at the thought of what they had been discussing only minutes before. There was so much Jake didn’t know, but Max knew even less.

Medically speaking, Jake could have gone on and on for the rest of the day. Wilson’s notes had been remarkably useful, just as MetaChem’s had been later on. Except that Michael had suffered nothing and had been blissfully unaware that someone was studying him. Max hadn’t been so lucky.

All Jake had were Wilson’s account of events, which Dave had filled him in on when he was first presenting Jake the “project”, adding a very dark remark that went something along the lines of, “Like hell I’m buying there wasn’t more”. It had felt incomplete, Jake had agreed. For 24 hours of captivity, it was way too much information, starting with the drugs reactions to Wilson’s details of getting Max’s heart beating again. All very medical, true, but it lacked a very… human element. A rather psychological approach.

Jake had carefully read the notes as Dave had been shredding a napkin over Jake’s desk. Jake liked to read on his couch, so he hadn’t minded, used to Dave’s way of dealing with stress. And the more Jake had read, the colder he had become.

“What do you think happened?” Dave had asked, his napkin puzzle forgotten, “What are those notes telling you?”

“Torture,” Jake had answered without hesitation, his eyes pinned on Wilson’s prediction of healing times for deep cuts.

“I gotta get them off the road,” Dave had whispered, standing, and then he had proceeded to tell him Wilson’s tale about Pierce’s need for information and Wilson’s own “desperate” efforts to keep Max safe.


As Dave had said, like hell Jake was believing there hadn’t been more, or that Wilson had been that worried trying to play Max’s savior. Wilson was playing it all knight-in-shining armor, an agent following orders, but there was something off in his entire report. Jake didn’t know what, exactly, just an overall feeling that things had gone worse than what Wilson had let on.

Jake let go a frustrated sigh, thinking about all the things that had happened to the young man in front of him, especially after hearing some of those from Max’s perspective. Jake wondered why he had thought that, after all those experiences, he actually had a chance at earning these kids’ trust. From the moment he had opened the door less than forty minutes before, he had known something had drastically changed in Max. Jake just hadn’t known what, and now he wasn’t sure he knew either.

By the end of their conversation, Max had looked more than exhausted. Not just physically, but also emotionally. Jake had seen him getting more and more anxious, his eyes moving back and forth whenever he was recalling something, and his hands would grip the couch’s edges without Max noticing. Jake was no shrink, but he knew that what had happened to Max was bound to leave sequels behind. 24 hours… so much could happen in 24 hours to change a lifetime.

Since the couch was large enough for a person to lie down, Jake wondered if he should risk settling Max in a much more comfortable position. He knew that if Max woke up, then he wouldn’t want to keep sleeping there. So, biting his lower lip for a second, Jake decided that a sore neck was the worst that could happen to Max for sleeping like that.

Jake sat down on the couch opposite to Max, just thinking. Truth be told, Jake doubted Max could remember half of what he had endured, and Jake was not going to refresh it all, step by step, for Max’s imagination to fill in the blanks. That was why he had made so many pauses, to see if Max could actually recall the events on his own or not. Because despite what these memories were doing to him right now, Max needed to talk about it. That much Jake knew about psychology. And since Max had raised the subject up and had wanted to stay on it…

Between the ice bath and the electroshocks, enough had happened for Jake not to want to linger on, and since Max hadn’t been keen to dwell on it either, Jake had not pressed it. For all Wilson’s notes had gathered, what Jake was really aiming at here was for Max to see what else had happened as well. Give him a larger version. In some twisted way, to give him a reason.

What Pierce had done was torture without blood. All he had ordered up to the point when he had begun his psychological torture had not left a permanent mark. When someone else got to retrieve Max, there would have not been any signs of what he had done. It all had worked until Pierce’s patience and time had worn thin. Although almost invisible, Max still wore the only physical scar his captivity had left: A very thin, 3 inches long line right in the middle of his chest. Even if Jake hadn’t had Wilson’s notes, it was too perfect to mistake it for a random accident of any sort.

As his eyes were pinned on Max’s chest, or rather, Max’s gray t-shirt over his chest, he caught a glimpse of something glowing below. Max’s G.E.S. was still held in Max’s right hand. He had probably switched it to silent mode as it was not beeping as before. The small monitor went dark, just to light up again four seconds later. Jake saw this knowing that probably whoever had text-messaged him before was wondering why Max was not on his way.

Jake looked at the door thinking that he should go get his own G.E.S. and send someone a message explaining where Max was and what he was doing, and wondered if it was going to sound weird or not. Max. Sleeping. On his couch. Right… Shaking the idea off, he got up to retrieve Max’s device and see who the sender was. As he picked it up, careful not to wake Max, he got to read the message as he was standing straight again.

Then, he stopped in midway.

What’s wrong?

It could have meant any of a million harmless things. Two words that everyone could say to ask anything but the actual meaning of something being wrong. Yet Jake’s mind never had any doubt that something was wrong. Especially when the message sender was Liz. His eyes sharply turned to look at Max, dispassionately and methodically looking at the way he was breathing, the way he had just seemed to fall asleep.

The G.E.S. glowed again and he ignored it.

He hesitated for a second on what to do. Max had stated that no one was allowed to touch them without their permission, so Jake turned around and searched for the remote control. Two seconds later, he turned the white screen on and flipped through the special lenses to find what his instruments were picking up.

Nothing seemed unusual after he had gone through all five screens. Some parameters were barely on the normal scale, but still… He turned to look at Max again, still sleeping, ignoring the doubts that were running through this man’s head. Jake could have made a mistake by assuming the words from the text message were something dreadful, but on the other hand, his monitors only picked up superficial signs.

Turning once more to the screen, determined to dissect all the data coming from Max, Jake heard someone coming into his office. Whirling around, he just in time caught Liz coming into the room, her brown eyes taking in the scene. He felt like he had been caught doing something inappropriate.

“What have you done to him?” she whispered, her eyes looking betrayed. Yet Jake didn’t care, because if Liz was here, then something was, indeed, terribly wrong with him.


* * *


AN: the line that read, “Why, Dave thought vaguely as he had stared at her, he had gotten himself a hurricane.” was a small, small homage to the Roswell Elementary stories, from where the nickname Hurricane Deluca spread out and became almost canon. It does describe Maria pretty well ;)
"There's addiction, and there's Roswell!"
Locked